Inspection Management

V3.6.0.0.0
Meridium APM Inspection Management
V3.6.0.0.0
Copyright © Meridium, Inc. 2014
All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.

This software/documentation contains proprietary information of Meridium, Inc.; it is provided

under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure. All rights including
reproduction by photographic or electronic process and translation into other languages of this
material are fully reserved under copyright laws. Reproduction or use of this material in whole
or in part in any manner without written permission from Meridium, Inc. is strictly prohibited.

Meridium is a registered trademark of Meridium, Inc.

All trade names referenced are the service mark, trademark or registered trademark of the
respective manufacturer.
 Table of Contents
ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT ____________________________________ 1

DOCUMENTATION CONVENTIONS _____________________________ 3

BASICS _________________________________________________ 5

OVERVIEW OF INSPECTION MANAGEMENT _______________________________ 5

INSPECTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ________________________ 5
DATA STRUCTURE _____________________________________________ 5
INSPECTION MANAGEMENT DATA MODEL ____________________________________ 5
INSPECTION MANAGEMENT AND RBI INTEGRATION _____________________________ 9
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS _______________________________________ 11
INSPECTION DOCUMENTS______________________________________________ 11
TYPES OF INSPECTIONS _______________________________________________ 11
INSPECTION PROFILES ________________________________________________ 13
INSPECTION SCOPE __________________________________________________ 15
What is an Inspection Scope? ______________________________________ 15
How is an Inspection Scope Used? __________________________________ 17
WORK PACKS _____________________________________________________ 20
About Work Packs _______________________________________________ 20
About the Work Pack Hierarchy ____________________________________ 22
INSPECTION TEAM MEMBERS ___________________________________________ 25
ROLES __________________________________________________________ 26
CERTIFICATIONS ___________________________________________________ 27
PUBLISHED INSPECTIONS ______________________________________________ 27
EVENT CONFIGURATIONS _____________________________________________ 28
ACCESSING INSPECTION MANAGEMENT________________________________ 29
ACCESSING THE INSPECTION MANAGEMENT START PAGE ________________________ 29
ASPECTS OF THE INSPECTION MANAGEMENT START PAGE _______________________ 30

INSTALLATION, UPGRADE, AND CONFIGURATION________________ 33

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 i

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

FIRST-TIME DEPLOYMENT WORKFLOW _______________________________ 33

UPGRADE WORKFLOW __________________________________________ 36
UPGRADE WORKFLOW _______________________________________________ 36
UPGRADING INSPECTION MANAGEMENT FROM V3.5.1 TO V3.6.0.0.0 ______________ 37
UPGRADING INSPECTION MANAGEMENT FROM V3.5.0 SP1 LP TO V3.6.0.0.0 ________ 37
UPGRADING INSPECTION MANAGEMENT FROM V3.5.0 TO V3.6.0.0.0 ______________ 37
UPGRADING INSPECTION MANAGEMENT FROM V3.4.5 TO V3.6.0.0.0 ______________ 38
INSTALLATION, UPGRADE, AND CONFIGURATION STEPS ____________________ 39
INSPECTION MANAGEMENT SECURITY GROUPS _______________________________ 39
INSPECTION CONFIGURATION PAGES ______________________________________ 42
About Inspection Configuration Pages_______________________________ 42
Inspection Administration Page ____________________________________ 42
Accessing the Inspection Administration Page _______________________42
Aspects of the Inspection Administration Page ______________________43
Inspection Configuration Page _____________________________________ 44
Accessing the Inspection Configuration Page ________________________44
Aspects of the Inspection Configuration Page _______________________44
Application Configuration Grid ____________________________________45
About Event Configurations _______________________________________50
Task Menus _____________________________________________________51
Inspection Manage Resources Page _________________________________ 53
Accessing the Inspection Manage Resources Page ____________________53
Aspects of the Inspection Manage Resources Page ___________________54
Common Tasks Menu _____________________________________________56
Time-Based Inspection Settings Page _______________________________ 56
Accessing the Time-Based Inspection Settings Page __________________56
Aspects of the Time-Based Inspection Settings Page _________________57
Task Menus _____________________________________________________61
Inspection Manage Profiles Page ___________________________________ 62
Accessing the Inspection Manage Profiles Page ______________________62
Aspects of the Inspection Manage Profiles Page _____________________63
Common Tasks Menu _____________________________________________64
Inspection Profile Page ___________________________________________ 65
Accessing the Inspection Profile Page ______________________________65
Aspects of the Inspection Profile Page______________________________67
Inspection Profile Tab ____________________________________________68
Inspection Method Tab ___________________________________________69
Task Menus _____________________________________________________70
REQUIRED TASKS ___________________________________________________ 71
About Required Tasks ____________________________________________ 71
Defining the Asset Query Path Setting ______________________________ 71

ii Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Table of Contents

Defining the Associated Relationship Family Setting __________________ 74

Assigning Roles__________________________________________________ 75
Assigning a Role _________________________________________________75
Modifying a User's Role ___________________________________________76
Defining Inspection Profiles _______________________________________ 77
Creating an Inspection Profile Record ______________________________77
Copying an Inspection Profile from One Piece of Equipment to Another
Piece of Equipment ______________________________________________79
Creating an Inspection Method Record _____________________________82
Applying a Sequence Value to Inspection Profile Records _____________83
OPTIONAL TASKS ___________________________________________________ 83
About Optional Tasks ____________________________________________ 83
Modifying the Baseline Asset Query ________________________________ 84
Modifying Query Path Settings _____________________________________ 87
Modifying the Profile Configuration Setting __________________________ 87
How is the Profile Configuration Setting Used? ______________________87
Using a System Code Table _______________________________________88
Using a Query to Populate the Item Category Field/List Automatically _91
Using Values in Equipment Records ________________________________92
Aspects of the Meridium Inspection Window ________________________95
Modifying the Profile Configuration Setting _________________________98
Defining the Method Configuration _________________________________ 99
Managing Strategy Rules _________________________________________ 100
About Managing Strategy Rules ___________________________________ 100
Modifying the Strategy Rule Configuration Setting __________________ 101
Accessing the Strategy List Page Via Inspection Management _________ 102
Defining Event Configurations ____________________________________ 103
Defining Event Configurations for Custom Families__________________ 103
Modifying an Existing Event Configuration _________________________ 108
Deleting an Event Configuration __________________________________ 109
Managing Certifications _________________________________________ 109
Recording a User's Certification __________________________________ 109
Modifying a User's Certification ___________________________________ 110
Managing Email Alerts ___________________________________________ 111
Inspection Alerts Page ___________________________________________ 111
About Email Alerts ______________________________________________ 114
Creating a Conditional Alerts Record ______________________________ 114
Modifying a Conditional Alerts Record _____________________________ 115
Managing Work Packs ___________________________________________ 116
Manage Work Packs Page ________________________________________ 116
Creating a Work Pack Hierarchy __________________________________ 118
Creating a Work Pack Record Using the Manage Work Packs Page _____ 118
Opening an Existing Work Pack ___________________________________ 120
Inspection Work Pack Page_______________________________________ 121
Creating a Work Pack Record Using the Inspection Work Pack Page ___ 131

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 iii

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Linking a Work Pack Record to an Existing Work Pack Record ________ 133
Linking Inspection Task Records to Work Pack Records ______________ 136
Removing the Link Between an Inspection Task Record and a Work Pack
Record ________________________________________________________ 143
Generating a Report Containing Inspection Task Details _____________ 144
Generating Inspection Records from Inspection Task Records ________ 146
Generating a Report that Includes a List of General Finding Records __ 153
Removing the Link Between an Inspection Record and a Work Pack
Record ________________________________________________________ 155
Deleting a Work Pack Record _____________________________________ 156
Defining Time-Based Inspection Settings ___________________________ 157
About Time-Based Inspection Settings _____________________________ 157
About Inspection Intervals _______________________________________ 160
Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Unit Level ___________ 160
Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Criticality Calculator RBI
Components Family Level ________________________________________ 164
Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Unit and Criticality
Calculator RBI Components Family Level __________________________ 168
Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Equipment Level _____ 172
Modifying Existing Time-Based Inspection Settings __________________ 179
Deleting Time-Based Inspection Settings___________________________ 185

USER INSTRUCTIONS _____________________________________ 189

INSPECTION MANAGEMENT WORKFLOW ______________________________ 189

VIEWING INSPECTION TASKS _____________________________________ 192
DEFINING AN INSPECTION SCOPE __________________________________ 194
CREATING AND MODIFYING AN INSPECTION SCOPE ___________________________ 194
About Creating and Modifying an Inspection Scope ___________________ 194
Creating a New Inspection Scope _________________________________ 197
Modifying an Existing Inspection Scope _____________________________ 203
INSPECTION SCOPE PAGE ____________________________________________ 207
Aspects of the Inspection Scope Page ______________________________ 207
Inspection Profile Section________________________________________ 208
Inspection Methods Section ______________________________________ 209
Task Menus ____________________________________________________ 210
Common Tasks _________________________________________________ 210
Associated Pages _______________________________________________ 211
ADDING AN INSPECTION PROFILE RECORD TO AN INSPECTION SCOPE _______________ 211
ADDING AN INSPECTION METHOD RECORD TO AN INSPECTION SCOPE ______________ 212
REMOVING AN INSPECTION PROFILE OR INSPECTION METHOD RECORD FROM AN INSPECTION
SCOPE _________________________________________________________ 212

iv Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Table of Contents

BUILDING INSPECTION DOCUMENTS _________________________________ 213

CREATING INSPECTION RECORDS _______________________________________ 213
INSPECTION FINDING CHECKLIST PAGE ___________________________________ 215
Aspects of the Inspection Finding Checklist Page ____________________ 215
Header Area ___________________________________________________ 216
Finding Sections ________________________________________________ 218
About Finding Sections __________________________________________ 218
How are the Sections and Rows Created on the Inspection Checklist
Page?__________________________________________________________ 220
Baseline Sections and Rows ______________________________________ 223
Task Menus ____________________________________________________ 248
Common Tasks _________________________________________________ 248
Associated Pages _______________________________________________ 249
RECORDING FINDINGS FOR SUBCOMPONENTS _______________________________ 249
Workflow for Recording Inspection Results _________________________ 249
Recording Findings in General Finding and Observation Records _______ 251
Recording Findings in Checklist Finding Records _____________________ 253
OPENING EXISTING INSPECTION DOCUMENTS___________________________ 253
ASSIGNING A USER TO THE INSPECTION TEAM __________________________ 255
REPRESENTED INSPECTIONS _____________________________________ 256
GENERATING REPRESENTED INSPECTIONS _________________________________ 256
VALUES MAPPED TO REPRESENTED INSPECTIONS ____________________________ 258
RECOMMENDING FUTURE ACTION __________________________________ 261
ABOUT INSPECTION TASK AND RECOMMENDATION RECORDS_____________________ 261
CREATING AN INSPECTION TASK RECORD _________________________________ 262
CREATING AN INSPECTION RECOMMENDATION RECORD ________________________ 264
VALUES MAPPED FROM CHECKLIST FINDING RECORDS TO INSPECTION RECOMMENDATION
RECORDS _______________________________________________________ 265
LOCKING AN INSPECTION _______________________________________ 266
FLAGGING AN INSPECTION FOR APPROVAL ____________________________ 267
APPROVING AN INSPECTION _____________________________________ 267
PUBLISHING INSPECTIONS _______________________________________ 269
PUBLISHING AN INSPECTION___________________________________________ 269
VIEWING PUBLISHED INSPECTIONS ______________________________________ 270
REPORTS _________________________________________________ 270
ABOUT INSPECTION REPORTS _________________________________________ 270

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 v

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

RUNNING INSPECTION REPORTS ________________________________________ 275

About Running Inspection Reports _________________________________ 275
Inspection Reports Page _________________________________________ 275
Accessing the Inspection Reports Page ____________________________ 275
Aspects of the Inspection Reports Page ____________________________ 276
Common Tasks Menu ____________________________________________ 278
Running Inspection Reports From the Inspection Reports Page _________ 279
Running Inspection Reports From the Record Manager ________________ 280
Running Inspection Reports From the Inspection Finding Checklist Page _ 281
INTERPRETING THE INSPECTION REPORTS _________________________________ 283
About Interpreting the Inspection Reports __________________________ 283
Bundle Inspection Section _______________________________________ 284
Bundle Sub Inspections Section ___________________________________ 286
Checklist Findings Section _______________________________________ 287
Findings Section ________________________________________________ 288
Full Inspection Section __________________________________________ 289
General Inspection Section ______________________________________ 290
Inspection Team Members Section ________________________________ 292
Pressure Test Inspection Section __________________________________ 292
Pressure Test Sub Inspections Section _____________________________ 295
Recommendations Section _______________________________________ 296
Reference Documents Section ____________________________________ 297

REFERENCE INFORMATION ________________________________ 299

INSPECTION MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATED PAGES _________________________ 299

CATALOG FOLDER STRUCTURE ___________________________________ 301
PUBLIC FOLDERS __________________________________________________ 301
PERSONAL FOLDERS ________________________________________________ 304
BASELINE INSPECTION MANAGEMENT QUERIES ______________________________ 305
About the Baseline Inspection Queries _____________________________ 305
Conditional Alert Queries Folder __________________________________ 305
Config Queries Folder ___________________________________________ 306
Document Queries Folder ________________________________________ 308
Manage Report Queries Folder ____________________________________ 310
Profile Queries Folder ___________________________________________ 312
Report Queries Folder ___________________________________________ 312
Resource Queries Folder _________________________________________ 313
Review Queries Folder __________________________________________ 314
Task Queries Folder ____________________________________________ 316
FAMILY FIELD DESCRIPTIONS_____________________________________ 316
INSPECTION RECORDS _______________________________________________ 316

vi Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Table of Contents

Inspection _____________________________________________________ 316

Bundle Sub-Inspection___________________________________________ 331
PRD Pop Test Checklist __________________________________________ 336
GENERAL FINDING _________________________________________________ 338
CHECKLIST FINDING ________________________________________________ 341
WORK PACK _____________________________________________________ 343
TIME BASED INSPECTION INTERVAL ______________________________________ 344
TIME BASED INSPECTION SETTING ______________________________________ 344
INSPECTION PROFILE _______________________________________________ 345
INSPECTION METHOD _______________________________________________ 347
SYSTEM CODE TABLES USED BY INSPECTION MANAGEMENT _________________ 349
URLS ___________________________________________________ 354
URL PATHS FOR INSPECTION MANAGEMENT _______________________________ 354
MANAGE INSPECTION URLS ___________________________________________ 356
Parameters for the Manage Inspection URL _________________________ 356
Examples of the Manage Inspection URL____________________________ 359
INSPECTION ADMINISTRATION PAGE URL _________________________________ 359
Parameters for the Inspection Administration Page URL ______________ 359
Examples of the Inspection Administration Page URL _________________ 360
INSPECTION FINDING CHECKLIST PAGE URL _______________________________ 360
Parameters for the Inspection Finding Checklist Page URL ____________ 360
Examples of the Inspection Finding Checklist Page URL _______________ 361
INSPECTION SCOPE URLS ____________________________________________ 361
Parameters for the Inspection Scope URL __________________________ 361
Examples of the Inspection Scope URL _____________________________ 362
MANAGE WORK PACKS PAGE URL ______________________________________ 362
INSPECTION WORK PACK PAGE URL ____________________________________ 363
PROPOSED TASKS URLS _____________________________________________ 363
Parameters for the Proposed Tasks URL ____________________________ 363
Examples of the Proposed Tasks URL ______________________________ 366
INSPECTION QUERY URLS ____________________________________________ 367
Parameters for the Inspection Query URL __________________________ 367
Examples of the Inspection Query URL _____________________________ 367
INSPECTION SEARCH URLS ___________________________________________ 368
Parameters for the Inspection Search URL __________________________ 368
Examples of the Inspection Search URL ____________________________ 369
INSPECTION REPORTS URLS __________________________________________ 370
Parameters for the Inspection Reports URL _________________________ 370
Examples of the Inspection Reports URL ___________________________ 371

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 vii

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

INSPECTION RESOURCES URLS _________________________________________ 371

Parameters for the Inspection Resources URL _______________________ 371
Examples of the Inspection Resources URL _________________________ 372
INSPECTION REVIEW URLS ___________________________________________ 372
Parameters for the Inspection Review URL _________________________ 372
Examples of the Inspection Review URL ____________________________ 373
INSPECTION SUMMARY URLS __________________________________________ 373
Parameters for the Inspection Summary URL ________________________ 373
Examples of the Inspection Summary URL __________________________ 374
INSPECTION THICKNESS ANALYSIS URLS __________________________________ 374
Parameters for the Inspection Thickness Analysis URL ________________ 374
Examples of the Inspection Thickness Analysis URL __________________ 374
GLOSSARY ________________________________________________ 375
INSPECTION DOCUMENT _____________________________________________ 375
INSPECTION INTERVAL ______________________________________________ 375
TIME-BASED INSPECTION SETTINGS _____________________________________ 375
UNIT __________________________________________________________ 376

viii Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

About This Document
This file is provided so that you can easily print the Inspection Management
section of the Meridium APM Help system. This document is not meant to be
read electronically using the PDF. If you want to read the documentation
electronically, you should use the Help system. This file is set up to facilitate
double-sided printing and includes blank pages between sections so that each
section will begin on an odd page and will be printed on the front of the page.

Because this file represents an excerpt from the Help system, parts of this
document may seem incomplete outside of the Help system itself. When you
read the documentation via the Help system, you will see links which serve as
cross-references to other areas of the documentation. These cross-references
are not available in this document.

To access the Meridium APM Help, in the Meridium APM Framework application,
click the Help menu, and then click Meridium APM Framework Help.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 1

Documentation Conventions
Throughout the documentation, we use various stylistic conventions that make
it easier to interpret information and instructions. The following table provides
a list and description of the conventions that are used throughout the Meridium
APM documentation.

Convention Description Example

Bold Identifies labels The Save As dialog box appears.

that appear on Click Cancel.
the screen.
In the Catalog folder
Identifies folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Core\Queries,
paths and file open the query Field History Records.
names when the
folder path or
file name is
included in step-
by-step
instructions.
\\ Identifies the The query is located in the following
beginning of a Catalog folder:
folder path. \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Core\Queries.
Courier New Identifies text Type root.
that you must
type.
<> Indicates that Click Expand/Collapse <Record>'s
the data inside Children, where <Record> is the ID of the
the angle selected record.
brackets is
variable.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 3

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Convention Description Example

[] Indicates that Type the following text:

the data inside <Meridium APM Catalog Path>,[Query
the square Parameters]
brackets is
...where:
optional.
 <Meridium APM Catalog Path> is
the Catalog path of the desired
query.
 [Query Prompt Value] is a value
that you want to supply for a
prompt in the query. If you do not
pass in query prompt values, you
will be prompted to supply them
when you run the query.

4 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

Basics

Overview of Inspection Management

Accurate understanding of current equipment and location conditions is critical
to analyzing the reliability and future availability of the equipment and
locations. Meridium APM provides a solution for this requirement through the
Inspection Management module, a tool that you can use to document, manage,
and analyze data associated with the inspections of equipment and locations in
your facility. The Inspection Management functionality is fully integrated with
other Meridium APM features to give you access to other analytical tools, such
as Thickness Monitoring. Throughout the documentation, we refer to the
Inspection Management module and its associated functionality simply using
the term Inspection.

Inspection Management System

Requirements
The Inspection Management license is required to take advantage of Inspection
Management functionality. In addition, your system must contain the basic
Meridium APM system architecture.

After you have installed and configured the basic system architecture, you will
need to perform some configuration tasks specifically for the Inspection
Management module.

Data Structure
Inspection Management Data Model
Like all Meridium APM modules, the Meridium APM Inspection Management
module consists of entity families, relationship families, and business rules.
When attempting to understand and make use of Inspection Management

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 5

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

functionality, it can be helpful to visualize the Inspection Management data

model.

Because you should already be familiar with the concept of records and viewing
records in the Meridium APM Record Manager, as you attempt to get your
bearings in Inspection Management, it may be useful to remember that the
pages in Inspection Management simply offer a customized view of individual
records that belong to families in the data model. In addition, each step in the
Inspection Management workflow allows you to create, view, or manage those
records.

The following diagram illustrates how records are linked to one another within
Inspection Management. The shaded boxes represent entity families, and the
arrows represent relationship families. You can determine the direction of each
relationship from the direction of the arrow head: the box to the left of each
arrow head is the predecessor in that relationship, and the box to the right of
each arrow head is the successor in that relationship. For example, you can see
that Inspection records are linked to Inspection Recommendation records
through the Has Recommendations relationship, where the Inspection family is
the predecessor.

6 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

While the image shows one box for the Inspection family, Meridium APM
provides the following Inspection families as part of the baseline Inspection
Management content:

 Bundle Inspection

 Bundle Sub-Inspection

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 7

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 API 510 External Checklist

 API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist

 API 510 Internal Checklist

 API 570 External Checklist

 API 653 External Checklist

 API 653 Internal Checklist

 External PRD Checklist

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

 PRD Pop Test Checklist

 Pressure Test Inspection

 Pressure Test Sub-Inspection

In the image above, the Inspection box is the predecessor to the Checklist
Finding box. In the baseline database, however, only the following Inspection
families are related to the Checklist Finding family:

 API 510 External Checklist

 API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist

 API 510 Internal Checklist

 API 570 External Checklist

 API 653 External Checklist

 API 653 Internal Checklist

8 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

 External PRD Checklist

 PRD Pop Test Checklist

Note that although both the Equipment and Functional Location families are
related to the Inspection Profile family, this documentation assumes that you
will create Inspection Profiles only for equipment. You will typically not create
Inspection Profiles for locations.

Inspection Management and RBI Integration

In addition to the families shown in the Inspection Management data model,
access to the following Risk Based Inspection (RBI) entity and relationship
families is provided when the Inspection Management license is active:

 Asset Group

 Criticality Calculator PRD Components

 Criticality Calculator RBI Components

 Criticality PRD Component - Relief Valve

 Criticality PRD Component - Rupture Disk

 Criticality RBI Component - Cylindrical Shell

 Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Bundle

 Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Header

 Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Tube

 Criticality RBI Component - Piping

 Criticality RBI Component - Tank Bottom

 Grouping Element

 Has Asset Group

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 9

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Has RBI Components

 Has RBI Systems

 Is Part of Group

 RBI Components

 RBI Degradation Mechanism Evaluation

 RBI System

 Represents Inspections

The MI Inspection Security Group has View privileges to all families in this list.
These families support the following functionality:

 Time-based inspection settings, which play a role in populating values in

Inspection Task records that are associated with the equipment that you
analyze in RBI and Inspection. In the baseline Meridium APM database,
the entity families that support this functionality are related to the
Equipment family through the Has RBI Components relationship.

Additionally, when the RBI license is active, the inspection intervals that
are associated with the time-based inspection settings you define are
considered by the Meridium APM system when determining the value
that will be populated in the Desired Interval field in Inspection Task
records that you create in RBI.

 Inspection Grouping, which allows you to group RBI Components based

on certain criteria and perform inspections for a subset of the
equipment in the group rather than for every piece of equipment in the
group. When the RBI license is active, the Inspection Groups that you
create in RBI facilitate the creation of Represented Inspections in
Inspection Management.

10 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

Fundamental Concepts
Inspection Documents
Inspection Documents contain all of the information associated with a given
inspection. You can think of an Inspection Document as the collection of
information stored in any Inspection record and each record that is linked to
that record, which are best viewed together using the configured explorer that
is defined for the Inspection family.

For example, if you view a Full Inspection record in its configured explorer, you
will see a list of records that have been linked to that Full Inspection record.
The Inspection Document is the information in the Full Inspection record and
the records that are linked to it, such as General Finding and Recommendation
records. You can also think of an Inspection Document as all of the information
that is included when you print an inspection report.

Throughout the Inspection Management interface, you will see the term
Inspection Document. When you see this term in the documentation, keep in
mind that we are referring collectively to the information that is stored in an
Inspection record and each record that is linked to it.

Because of how we define an Inspection Document, you will not find specific
instructions for creating an Inspection Document in this documentation.
Instead, you will find instructions for creating individual Inspection records,
General Finding records, Inspection Recommendations records, and so on,
which together are used to build the Inspection Document. Because an
Inspection Document is the compilation of various records, the Inspection
workflow does not facilitate the creation of an Inspection Document directly.
An Inspection Document is a concept rather than a specific entity.

Types of Inspections
Using Inspection Management, you can record inspection results for the
following types of inspections:

 Shell and tube heat exchanger inspections.

 General routine inspections performed against any piece of equipment

or location for compliance purposes.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 11

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 General routine inspections performed against any piece of equipment

or location by operators versus inspectors (does not necessarily meet
compliance standards).

 Hydrostatic tests (i.e., the process of filling a pressure vessel with

liquid, such as water, and increasing the internal pressure to test for
leaks).

 External and internal pressure vessel inspections (following API 510

standards).

 Internal exchanger inspections (following API 510 standards).

 External piping inspections (following API 570 standards).

 External and internal tank inspections (following API 653 standards).

 External visual inspections of pressure relief devices (PRDs).

 External functional inspections of pressure relief devices (PRDs)

(following API 576 standards).

You will record the results of each inspection in an Inspection record and in
successor records to which the Inspection record is linked. The baseline
Meridium APM database contains Inspection families that you can use for
recording the results of each type of inspection. The following table lists the
baseline Inspection families and the type of inspection to which they
correspond.

Family Inspection Type

Bundle Inspection Shell and tube heat exchanger

Bundle Sub-Inspection inspections.

Full Inspection General routine inspections performed

against any piece of equipment or
location for compliance purposes.
General Inspection General routine inspections performed
against any piece of equipment or
location by operators versus inspectors
(does not necessarily meet compliance
standards).

12 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

Family Inspection Type

Pressure Test Inspection Hydrostatic tests.

Pressure Test Sub-Inspection
API 510 External Checklist External and internal pressure vessel
API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist inspections and internal exchanger
inspections (following API 510
API 510 Internal Checklist
standards).
API 570 External Checklist External piping inspections (following
API 570 standards).
API 653 External Checklist External and internal tank inspections
API 653 Internal Checklist (following API 653 standards).

External PRD Checklist External visual inspections of PRDs.

PRD Pop Test Checklist External functional inspections of PRDs
(following API 576 standards).

Depending upon the type of inspection that you want to conduct, the workflow
you will use in Inspection Management to record the results will be different.

Inspection Profiles
An Inspection Profile is a combination of an Equipment record, Inspection
Profile records, and Inspection Method records that together determine which
equipment subcomponents need to be inspected and the methods that will be
used to inspect them. Specifically:

 The Equipment record represents the equipment that needs to be

inspected.

 Inspection Profile records represent subcomponents of the equipment

that need to be inspected. Each Inspection Profile record is linked
directly to the Equipment record.

 Inspection Method records represent how you plan to inspect each

subcomponent. Each Inspection Method record is linked to an Inspection
Profile record.

Note: Typically, you will want to configure Inspection Profiles only for
equipment and not for locations. Throughout this documentation, therefore,
we refer to creating Inspection Profiles using Equipment records and not
Functional Location records.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 13

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

For example, suppose you need to inspect a water heater. The water heater
represents the equipment as a whole, but you need to inspect individual parts
of that water heater separately. You might need to inspect the pipes, heating
rods, thermostat, and insulation and then record your findings in separate
records. In addition, for each part that needs to be inspected, there might be
multiple ways in which it can be inspected. For example, to fully inspect the
pipes, you might need to look for cracks and heat loss.

You would, therefore, need to create:

 A Water Heater record to represent the equipment.

 Individual Inspection Profile records to represent each subcomponent of

the water heater. In each Inspection Profile record, you would use the
Item Category field to indicate the part of the water heater that you
need to inspect. For example, you might create the Pipes Inspection
Profile record.

 Individual Inspection Method records to represent how each

subcomponent needs to be inspected. For example, you might create the
following Inspection Method records, which would be linked to the Pipes
Inspection Profile record: Check for cracks and Evaluate heat loss.

After you define the Inspection Profile for an equipment, when you create an
Inspection Task record to use for inspecting the equipment, you can define the
scope of that individual inspection event by selecting which subcomponents
(Inspection Profile records) and methods (Inspection Method records) you want
to include in the inspection. In other words, after an inspection profile exists
for an equipment, you can pick and choose which parts of the profile you want
to include in each future inspection of the equipment.

If the Event Configuration is set up correctly, when you create an Inspection

record that is linked to an Equipment record, General Finding records will be
created automatically according to the Inspection Scope for the equipment. For
example, if the Inspection Task record that was used to create the Inspection
record is linked to five Inspection Profile records, and each of those records is
linked to two Inspection Method records, ten General Finding records will be
created, one per Inspection Method record that was included in the Inspection
Scope. You can then record your findings for each subcomponent in a separate
record. This is useful if parts of the equipment passed the inspection and other
parts failed the inspection. If you had only one record to record your findings,
you would be unable to fully represent the inspection results.

14 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

Additionally, if the Application Configuration is set up correctly, Inspection

Profile records will be created automatically for Equipment records that are
not yet linked to Inspection Profile records.

You can create or modify an Inspection Profile record from the Inspection
Profile for <Equipment Record ID> page, where <Equipment Record ID> is
the Record ID of the Equipment record whose inspection profile is defined on
the page.

Note: You do not need to define Inspection Profiles if you plan to create
records only in the Inspection families whose caption contains the word
Checklist. The process for recording subcomponent findings for these families
does not rely on Inspection Profile or Inspection Method records.

Inspection Scope

What is an Inspection Scope?

While each piece of equipment has one Inspection Profile, each time that you
identify a need to inspect a piece of equipment, you will need to define the
Inspection Scope for that individual inspection event. Each Inspection Scope
defines for an individual inspection the equipment parts that need to be
inspected and the methods that should be used to inspect them.

An Inspection Scope consists of the following items:

 An Equipment record, which defines the equipment that should be

inspected.

 An Inspection Task record, which provides details about the inspection

event that should be performed, including information such as the
desired inspection date and any minimum or maximum date ranges for
the inspection event. The Inspection Task record is linked to the
Equipment record

 One or more Inspection Profile records, which define the subcomponents

that should be inspected.

 One or more Inspection Method records, which define the methods that
should be used to inspect the individual subcomponents.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 15

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

For example, suppose that you define an Inspection Profile for a water heater
with the following information.

Inspection Profile Inspection Method

Pipes  Check for cracks

 Evaluate heat loss
Heating Rods Check for proper functioning
Thermostat Check for proper functioning
Insulation  Check for heat loss
 Check for corrosion
Tank  Check for heat loss
 Check for corrosion
 Check for rust buildup

This Inspection Profile indicates all possible subcomponents and inspection

methods for those subcomponents.

Suppose that after a week of washing the dishes or showering, you realize that
the water is taking too long to get warm. If you suspect that the water heater
is somehow losing too much heat, you might identify a need to inspect the
parts of the water heater that affect its ability to retain heat: pipes, tank, and
insulation.

In this case, the Inspection Scope for this inspection event would include a
subset of the entire Inspection Profile. This inspection scope might contain the
following items:

 Inspection Task record

 Equipment record (which represents the water heater)

 Multiple Inspection Profile and Inspection Method records, as shown in

the following image.

Inspection Inspection Method

Profile

Pipes Evaluate heat loss

Insulation Check for heat loss

16 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

Inspection Inspection Method

Profile

Tank Check for heat loss

To define an Inspection Scope, you will need to create an Inspection Task

record or find an existing Inspection Task record and link it to the Inspection
Profile and Inspection Method records that identify the subcomponents that
should be inspected and the methods that should be used. You can create an
Inspection Scope from the Inspection Management Start Page or the
Inspection Profile page. When you create an Inspection Scope from the
Inspection Management Start Page, you will need to select the Equipment
record that represents the equipment that should be inspected. When you
create an Inspection Scope from the Inspection Profile page, however, the
Meridium APM system assumes that you want to define the Inspection Scope for
the equipment that is currently displayed on the Inspection Profile page.

Note: You do not need to define an Inspection Scope if you plan to create
records only in the Inspection families whose caption contains the word
Checklist. The process for recording subcomponent findings for these families
does not rely on Inspection Profile or Inspection Method records.

How is an Inspection Scope Used?

Each Inspection Scope consists of an Equipment record, an Inspection Task

record that is linked to the Equipment record, one or more Inspection Profile
records, and optionally, one or more Inspection Method records.

When you create an Inspection record that is linked to that Equipment record,
the Meridium APM system will generate General Finding records (assuming the
Event Configuration that is defined for the Inspection family is configured
correctly) automatically. The number of records that are created automatically
is based upon the Inspection Profile and Inspection Method records that are
included in the Inspection Scope.

Note: You do not need to define an Inspection Scope if you plan to create
records only in the Inspection families whose caption contains the word
Checklist. The process for recording subcomponent findings for these families
does not rely on Inspection Profile or Inspection Method records.

You can use the following guidelines to determine how the Meridium APM
system will use the Inspection Scope to generate General Finding records
automatically:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 17

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 If the Inspection Scope contains Inspection Profile records that are not
linked to Inspection Method records, one General Finding record will be
generated for each Inspection Profile record that is included and not
linked to an Inspection Method record.

For example, consider the following Inspection Scope.

In this example, you can see that only the following Inspection Profile
records are included in the scope: BAFFLES and BEARINGS. Neither of
these Inspection Profile records is linked to an Inspection Method
record.

In this case, if an Inspection record is generated, the following General

Finding records will be created automatically:

 BAFFLES

 BEARINGS

 If the Inspection Scope contains Inspection Profile records that are

linked to Inspection Method records and one or more of those Inspection
Method records are included in the Inspection Scope, one General
Finding record will be generated for each Inspection Method record that
is included.

For example, consider an Inspection Scope where the following are true:

 The Inspection Profile record BAFFLES is linked to Inspection Method

record Method A, and Method A is included in the Inspection Scope, as
shown in the following image.

18 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

 The Inspection Profile record BEARINGS is linked to Inspection Method

records Method B and Method C, and Method B is included in the
Inspection Scope, as shown in the following image.

 The Inspection Profile records BODY is linked to Inspection Method

record Method D, and Method D is not included in the Inspection Scope,
as shown in the following image.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 19

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

In other words, the Inspection Scope includes Inspection Method records

Method A, which is linked to Inspection Profile record BAFFLES, and
Method B, which is linked to Inspection Profile record BEARINGS.

In this case, if an Inspection record is generated, the following General

Finding records will be created automatically:

 BAFFLES

 BEARINGS

In addition to determining the number of General Finding records that are

created, the Inspection Scope also determines the values that will be used to
populate the RBI Component fields in those General Finding records. If the
Inspection Scope includes an Inspection Profile record with a value in the RBI
Component field, when a General Finding record is created from that
Inspection Profile record (or any Inspection Method record to which it is
linked), the value in the RBI Component field will be transferred to the RBI
Component field in the General Finding record.

Work Packs

About Work Packs

A Work Pack is a collection of records that define inspection work that needs to
be performed for a piece of equipment or location in your organization. Work
Pack records store preparation information about the inspection work that
needs to be performed. Work Packs records, in combination with the following

20 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

records that can be linked to Work Pack records, are intended to define
planned inspection work that can be estimated by outside resources who might
perform the work:

 Inspection Task

 Inspection

The general process for managing Work Packs is as follows:

1. Create one or more Work Pack records, depending upon what should be
inspected and the type of those inspections.

2. Link the Work Pack records that represent the items that should be
inspected to the Inspection Task records that define the planned
inspection work.

3. Generate a report that includes details about the Inspection Task

records that are linked to the Work Pack records.

4. Print the report and distribute it to the appropriate resources so that the
cost of performing the inspection work can be estimated.

5. Based on the estimates, determine which inspections will be performed

and which ones will not.

For example, suppose a Work Pack includes tasks to inspect all pieces of
equipment in a particular system. If you receive an estimate from an
inspector that exceeds your budget, you might need to trim the
inspection work and inspect only the pieces of equipment whose
previous inspections revealed defects.

6. Generate an Inspection record from each Inspection Task record that

defines work that is actually planned, based on the final estimates. For
each Inspection record that is created from an Inspection Task record,
the Meridium APM system will also create a General Finding record based
on the Inspection Profile and Inspection Method records that are
included in the Inspection Scope containing that Inspection Task record.

7. Generate a report that includes a list of the General Finding records,

and distribute the report to the individuals responsible for performing
the inspection. They can record their findings on the printed report.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 21

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

About the Work Pack Hierarchy

You can create a hierarchy of Work Pack records to organize the work that you
will perform during inspections, where:

 The lowest level of the hierarchy contains a Work Pack record for the
actual item that will be inspected (i.e., a piece of equipment or
location).

 The levels above the lowest level contain Work Pack records for the
locations containing the item that will be inspected.

Each Work Pack hierarchy can include up to three levels.

To fully understand this concept, you must understand the concept of a

location hierarchy, where each location at a lower level belongs to a location
at a higher level. For example, you might have a location hierarchy that looks
like the following diagram, where process locations belong to systems, systems
belong to units, and so on.

22 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 23

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Assuming that your location hierarchy contains at least three levels (where
level 1 is higher than level 2, level 2 is higher than level 3, and so on):

 If you are inspecting equipment, the lowest level of the hierarchy should
contain Work Pack records representing the equipment. If you want to
include three levels in the Work Pack hierarchy, the top two levels
should represent the locations to which the equipment belongs. For
example, if your location hierarchy looks like the previous example
location hierarchy, you would want to structure the Work Pack hierarchy
like this:

 If you are inspection locations, the lowest level of the hierarchy should
contain Work Pack records representing those locations. If you want to
include three levels in the Work Pack hierarchy, the top two levels
should represent the higher-level locations to which those locations
belong. For example, if your location hierarchy looks like the previous
example location hierarchy, you would want to structure the Work Pack
hierarchy like this:

24 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

These examples illustrate the use of three levels in the Work Pack hierarchy,
but you may want to create fewer than three levels, depending upon your
needs.

Regardless of how many levels you create in a Work Pack hierarchy, you should
link Inspection Task and Inspection records directly to the Work Pack record
that represents the item that will be inspected. In other words, in the first
example, you would link Inspection Task and Inspection records directly to the
equipment-level Work Pack records (not the location-level Work Pack records).
In the second example, you would link Inspection Task and Inspection records
directly to the process-location-level Work Pack record (not the system-level or
unit-level Work Pack records).

Inspection Team Members

An inspection team member is any person that participates in an inspection.
When you view an inspection report, you will see a section that lists all team
members associated with that inspection.

When you view an Inspection record in the Record Manager or on the

Inspection Finding Checklist page, you can use the record hierarchy to create
a new Inspection Team Member record to link to the Inspection record. Any
user that has been assigned the Inspector role can be selected in the Full Name
field of that Inspection Team Member record. After the Inspection Team
Member record has been linked to the Inspection record, the information in the

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 25

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Team Member record will be displayed in the Inspection Team Members section
of the inspection report.

Roles
Each Human Resource record can be linked to one or more Resource Role
records, where each Resource Role record contains a Role field. The value in
the Role field is used to indicate that user's role within the organization.

After a Human Resource record is linked to a Resource Role record, the value in
the Role field:

 Determines certain administrative tasks that a user can perform by

controlling which links the user can see on the Inspection
Administration page.

 Filters certain lists in Inspection records.

Roles are intended to control the workflow of users who work with Inspection
Management. As they are delivered, each role should be used as described in
the following list. Note, however, that the Inspection Specialist role does not
have a pre-delivered function. This role is provided so that you can customize
the associated rules to fit any responsibility within your company.

 Inspector: Gathers data to enter into a new or existing Inspection

record. Users assigned the Inspector role appear in the Inspection
Report Owner list on the Inspection datasheet. The Inspection record
would then be assigned to a reviewer, which would be assigned the
Inspection Supervisor role. A user who is assigned an Inspector role will
see only the Manage Inspection Alerts and Manage Strategies links on
the Inspection Administration page.

 Inspection Supervisor: Reviews Inspection records that have been

created by a user with an Inspector role. Users assigned this role appear
in the Reviewers Name list on the Inspection datasheet. Users assigned
an Inspection Supervisor role will see only the Manage Inspection Alerts
and Manage Strategies links on the Inspection Administration page.

 Inspection Administrator: Performs administrative tasks such as

updating Security User roles and certifications, managing existing
Inspection Conditional Alert records, creating new Inspection Conditional
Alert records, creating new configured explorers for new Inspection

26 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

families, and defining default inspection intervals. A user who is

assigned an Inspection Administrator role will see the following links on
the Inspection Administration page:

 Inspection Configuration

 Manage Inspection Resources, Roles and Certifications

 Manage Inspection Alerts

 Manage Strategies

 Manage Time-Based Settings

 Inspection Specialist: Performs functions as determined by your unique

implementation of this role.

Certifications
You can indicate a user's certification level by creating a Personnel
Certification record to link to that user's Human Resource record. When that
user creates or approves an Inspection record, the Certification record will
serve as documentation that the user is qualified to perform that task. Because
Inspection records are often used as legal documentation to prove that an
inspection took place, recording the responsible party's qualifications is an
important step.

Published Inspections
In an Inspection record, you can select the Published check box. The Published
check box does not restrict access to the document, however. It serves only as
a visual indicator about the status of the inspection. You can access published
Inspection records from the Published Inspection Documents page.

Note that if you have View privileges to an Inspection family, you will be able
to see all published and unpublished Inspection records that belong to that
family. By default, the Everyone group has View privileges to the baseline
Inspection families.

You can publish inspections using the Inspection datasheet for any of the
following Inspection families:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 27

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Bundle Inspection

 Bundle Sub-Inspection

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

 Pressure Test Inspection

 Pressure Test Sub-Inspection

Event Configurations
By default, each of the baseline Inspection families has its own Event
Configuration. The Event Configuration is created using the Inspection Event
Configuration Wizard and determines:

 Whether General Finding records or Observation records will be created

automatically for each subcomponent of the piece of equipment that
you inspected when you created a new Inspection record for that piece
of equipment. The subcomponents are determined by the value that you
specify in the Item Category field in Inspection Profile records that are
linked to the Equipment record (i.e., each Inspection Profile record
represents a different subcomponent of the piece of equipment).

 The datasheet that the inspection reviewer (i.e., the user whose name
appears in the Reviewers Name field in the Inspection record) will see.

 The configured explorer that will be used to display the Inspection

record and all records to which it is linked.

If you create new Inspection families, you must create an Event Configuration
for those families.

28 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

Accessing Inspection Management

Accessing the Inspection Management Start Page
The Inspection Management Start Page serves as the starting point for all of
the tasks that you can perform in Inspection Management.

To access the Inspection Management Start Page:

 On the Meridium APM main menu, click Go To, point to Mechanical

Integrity, and then click Inspection Management.

The Inspection Management Start Page appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 29

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Aspects of the Inspection Management Start Page

The Inspection Management Start Page displays links that let you access the
features in Inspection Management.

Note: The content of the Inspection Management Start Page is determined by

your assigned role. Depending on your assigned role, some of these links may
not be available to you. For example, only Super Users and Security Users who
have been assigned a role will see the Inspection Administration link. All users
will be able to see the Published Documents and Most Recent Documents
links, but if you are a non-Super User with no assigned roles, you will see only
these two links.

30 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Basics

The Inspection Management Start Page contains the following links:

 Inspection Administration: Displays the Inspection Administration

page, which displays links to administrative tasks.

 Manage Equipment Inspection Profiles: Displays the Inspection Manage

Profiles page, which displays a list of searches and queries that have

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 31

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

been set up to retrieve inspection profiles. By executing a search or

query, you can create and modify Inspection Profiles.

 Manage Inspection Scope: Displays the Task Builder, where you can
select the Equipment record and Task record that belong to the
Inspection Scope that you want to manage.

 Manage Work Packs: Displays the Manage Work Packs page, which
displays a list of existing Work Pack records.

 Build an Inspection Document: Displays the Event Builder, which walks

you through the process of creating an Inspection record.

 Manage Inspection Documents: Displays the Inspection Manage

Documents page, which displays a list of queries and searches that have
been set up to retrieve Inspection Event records.

 Manage Tasks: Displays the Inspection Manage Tasks page, which

displays a list of searches and queries that have been set up to return
Equipment or Functional Location records that can be linked to
Inspection Task records. After you run a search or query to retrieve
these Equipment or Functional Location records, you can then manage
the Task records to which they are linked from the Task List page in
Task Management.

 Review and Approve Documents: Displays the Review and Approve

Inspection Documents page, which displays a list of saved searches and
queries that have been created to facilitate the review and approval
process. You can run a search or query to locate Inspection Event
records that have been submitted for approval and retrieve Inspection
Event records based on the reviewer's name and the document state.

 Inspection Reports: Displays the Inspection Reports page, which

displays a list of saved searches and queries that have been created for
the purpose of retrieving inspection reports.

 Published Documents: Displays the Published Inspection Documents

page, which displays a list of Inspection records that have been flagged
as published.

 Most Recent Documents: Displays in the Record Manager the Inspection

record associated with the link that you click. The list displays your four
most recently accessed Inspection records.

32 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

Installation, Upgrade, and
Configuration

First-Time Deployment Workflow

Deploying and configuring Inspection Management for the first time includes
completing multiple steps, which are outlined in the table in this topic. The
steps in this section of the documentation provide all the information that you
need to deploy and configure Inspection Management on top of the basic
Meridium APM system architecture.

Whether a step is required or optional is indicated in the Required/Optional

cell. Steps are marked as Required if you must perform the step to take
advantage of Inspection Management functionality.

The person responsible for completing each task will vary within your
organization. We recommend, however, that the steps be performed in
relatively the same order in which they are listed in the table.

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

Review the Inspection

This task is necessary
Management data model to
only if you store
determine which relationship
equipment and
definitions you will need to
location information
modify to include your
1 Optional in families other than
custom equipment and
the baseline
location families. Modify any
Equipment and
relationship definitions as
Functional Location
needed via the Configuration
families.
Manager application.
Security Users will
need permissions to
Assign Security Users to one
the Inspection
or more of the Inspection
Management families
2 Management Security Groups Required
before they can use
via the Configuration
the Inspection
Manager application.
Management
features.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 33

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

In the baseline
database, this setting
is not defined. The
documentation
assumes that you are
Set the Asset Query Path
using the product
setting to the baseline Asset
3 Required according to the
Query via the Meridium APM
Meridium APM Best
Framework application.
Practice. As such, we
assume that you will
set the Asset Query
Path setting to the
baseline Asset Query.
In the baseline
database, this setting
is not defined. The
documentation
assumes that you are
Set the Associated
using the product
Relationship Family setting to
according to the
Functional Location Has
Meridium APM
4 Equipment. You can Required
Inspection Best
accomplish this task using
Practice. As such, we
the Meridium APM Framework
assume that you will
application.
set the Associated
Relationship Family
setting to Functional
Location Has
Equipment.

34 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

The following
Application
Configurations are
defined in the
baseline database:
 Published
Query Path
 Summary
Query Path
 Alerts Query
Modify baseline Application Path
5 Configuration settings via the
Optional  Asset Is
Meridium APM Framework
Successor
application.
 Profile
Configuration
 Method
Configuration
 Strategy Rule
Configuration
You can modify these
Application
Configurations if you
want.
Assign roles to users who
should be able to complete
6 tasks in Inspection
Management. You can Required None
accomplish this task using
the Meridium APM Framework
application.
This step is required
Define the Inspection Profile
only if you plan to
for each piece of equipment
7 create Inspection
that you will inspect. You can
Required records in baseline
accomplish this task using
families other than
the Meridium APM Framework
the Checklists
application.
subfamilies.
This step is required
only if you want
8 Modify the baseline Asset Inspection records to
query via the Meridium APM Optional be linked to records
Framework application. in a family other
than the Equipment
family.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 35

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

This step is required

Define Event Configurations
only if you have
for any new Inspection
9 created custom
families that you have
Optional Inspection families
created. You can accomplish
that you want to use
this task using the Meridium
within Inspection
APM Framework application.
Management.

10 Assign certifications to users

via the Meridium APM Optional None
Framework application.
Configure Meridium APM to
send email messages about
11 inspection data to the
appropriate recipients. You Optional None
can accomplish this task
using the Meridium APM
Framework application.
Group inspection work into
12 Work Packs. You can
accomplish this task using Optional None
the Meridium APM Framework
application.
Define time-based inspection
13 settings. You can accomplish
Optional None
this task using the Meridium
APM Framework application.

Upgrade Workflow
Upgrade Workflow
You can upgrade to V3.6.0.0.0 using the instructions that are provided in this
section of the documentation. To access these instructions, click the starting
version from which you are upgrading:

 V3.5.1

 V3.5.0 SP1 LP

36 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 V3.5.0

 V3.4.5

Upgrading Inspection Management from V3.5.1 to

V3.6.0.0.0
The Inspection Management module will be upgraded from V3.5.1 to V3.6.0.0.0
automatically when you upgrade the components in the basic Meridium APM
system architecture. No additional steps are required.

Upgrading Inspection Management from V3.5.0 SP1 LP

to V3.6.0.0.0
The following table lists the step that is required to upgrade and configure
Inspection Management for V3.6.0.0.0. This step assumes that you have
completed the steps for upgrading the basic Meridium APM system
architecture.

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

Define time-based inspection

1 settings. You can accomplish
Optional None
this task using the Meridium
APM Framework application.

Upgrading Inspection Management from V3.5.0 to

V3.6.0.0.0
The following table lists the step that is required to upgrade and configure
Inspection Management for V3.6.0.0.0. This step assumes that you have
completed the steps for upgrading the basic Meridium APM system
architecture.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 37

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

Define time-based inspection

1 settings. You can accomplish
Optional None
this task using the Meridium
APM Framework application.

Upgrading Inspection Management from V3.4.5 to

V3.6.0.0.0
The following table lists the steps that are required to upgrade and configure
Inspection Management for V3.6.0.0.0. These steps assume that you have
completed the steps for upgrading the basic Meridium APM system
architecture.

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

If you have added System

Codes to the
MI_INSPECTION_TYPE System
This step is
Code Table, create Task
necessary only if you
Types records representing
have added System
1 those task types, and set the Optional
Codes to the
value in the Reference field
MI_INSPECTION_TYPE
to Inspection_Strategy. You
System Code table.
can do so via the
Configuration Manager
application.
Define time-based inspection
2 settings. You can accomplish
Optional None
this task using the Meridium
APM Framework application.

38 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Steps
Inspection Management Security Groups
The baseline Inspection Management module contains one Security Group, MI
Inspection. The following table lists the default privileges that members of the
MI Inspection Security Group have to the Inspection entity and relationship
families.

Family Privileges

Entity Families
Alert View, Insert, Update, Delete
Certification View, Insert, Update, Delete
Checklist Finding View, Insert, Update, Delete
Conditional Alerts View, Insert, Update, Delete
Corrosion View, Insert, Update, Delete
Equipment View, Insert, Update, Delete
Event View, Insert, Update, Delete
Finding View, Insert, Update, Delete
Human Resource View
Inspection Method View, Insert, Update, Delete
Inspection Profile View, Insert, Update, Delete
Inspection Team Member View, Insert, Update, Delete
Potential Degradation Mechanisms View
RBI Degradation Mechanisms View
Recommendation View, Insert, Update, Delete
Reference Document View, Insert, Update, Delete
Resource Role View, Insert, Update, Delete
SAP System View
Security User View

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 39

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Family Privileges

Strategy View, Update

Task View, Insert, Update, Delete
Task Execution View, Insert
Taxonomy References View
Time Based Inspection Interval View, Insert, Update, Delete
Time Based Inspection Setting View, Insert, Update, Delete
Work Pack View, Insert, Update, Delete
Relationship Families
Belongs to a Unit View, Update, Insert, Delete
Checklist Has Finding View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Certifications View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Degradation Mechanisms View
Has Event Execution View, Insert
Has Findings View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Inspection Method View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Inspection Profile View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Inspection Scope View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Inspections View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Potential Degradation Mechanisms View
Has Recommendations View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Reference Documents View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Roles View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Sub-Inspections View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Tasks View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Task History Insert
Has Task Execution View, Insert
Has Task Revision View, Insert
Has Team Member View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Taxonomy Hierarchy Element View

40 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Family Privileges

Has Taxonomy Mapping View

Has Time Based Inspection Interval View, Insert, Update, Delete
Has Work Pack View, Update, Insert, Delete
Is a User View
Is Planned By View, Insert, Update, Delete
Is Executed By View, Insert, Update, Delete

Note that:

 The family-level privileges granted to the following families are also

spread to all of their subfamilies:

 Event

 Taxonomy References

 The Has Task History relationship family is inactive in the baseline

Meridium APM database.

 In addition to the families listed in the preceding table, members of the

MI Inspection Security Group have View privileges to additional families
to facilitate integration with the Risk Based Inspection module. Since
these families are not used elsewhere in Inspection Management, they
are not listed in this table.

Note: As part of implementing Inspection Management, you will decide

whether you want to link Inspection records to Equipment records, Functional
Location records, or both. If you want to link Inspection records to Functional
Location records, you will need to grant members of the MI Inspection Security
Group at least View privileges to the Functional Location family and the
Functional Location Has Equipment relationship family.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 41

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Inspection Configuration Pages

About Inspection Configuration Pages

This section of the documentation provides information on the following pages

that are used to perform configuration tasks for first-time deployments of the
Inspection Management module:

 Inspection Administration page

 Inspection Configuration page

 Inspection Manage Resources page

 Time-Based Inspection Settings page

 Inspection Manage Profiles page

 Inspection Profile page

Inspection Administration Page

Accessing the Inspection Administration Page

The Inspection Administration page serves as the starting point for performing
administrative tasks. The following instructions provide details on accessing the
Inspection Administration page.

To access the Inspection Administration page:

 In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Management Start

Page, click the Inspection Administration link.

The Inspection Administration page appears.

42 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Aspects of the Inspection Administration Page

The Inspection Administration page serves as the starting point for performing
administrative tasks and contains the following links:

 Inspection Configuration: Displays the Inspection Configuration page,

where you can manage configuration settings and provide information
about your Inspection Management data model.

 Manage Inspection Resources, Roles, and Certifications: Displays the

Inspection Manage Resources page, where you can manage the
personnel involved in inspections, along with their roles and
certifications.

 Manage Inspection Alerts: Displays the Inspection Alerts page, where

you can manage high-priority information, such as overdue inspections.
You can create and modify alerts and generate email messages based on
certain alert conditions.

 Manage Strategies: Displays the Strategy List page, where you can
locate and manage strategy rules for a selected family.

 Manage Time-Based Settings: Displays the Time-Based Inspection

Settings page, where you can define time-based inspection settings.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 43

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Note that some links may not appear, depending on your assigned role.

Inspection Configuration Page

Accessing the Inspection Configuration Page

To access the Inspection Configuration page:

 In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Administration

page, click the Inspection Configuration link.

The Inspection Configuration page appears.

Aspects of the Inspection Configuration Page

The Inspection Configuration page contains the following grids:

 Application Configurations: Displays one row for each Application

Configuration setting that must be configured before beginning work in
the Inspection module.

44 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 Event Configurations: Displays one row for each Inspection family for
which an Event Configuration has been defined.

The Inspection Configuration page contains the following task menus:

Common Tasks, Application Tasks, and Event Tasks.

Application Configuration Grid

The Application Configurations grid displays one row for each Application
Configuration setting that must be defined before users can being using the
Inspection Management module. Some Application Configuration settings are
defined in the baseline database, and others must be defined manually. We
recommend that you accept the baseline setting for each setting that is
configured by default. The following image shows what the Application
Configurations grid looks like in the baseline database.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 45

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The following columns are displayed in the Application Configurations grid:

 Name: The name of the Application Configuration setting. Throughout

the documentation, each setting is referred to using the value that is
displayed in this column. For example, the Asset Query Path setting
corresponds with the row containing the value Asset Query Path in the
Name column.

 Value: The value or selection defined for the setting.

The following table lists the Application Configuration settings that are
displayed in the grid, a description of each setting, and whether or not the
setting is defined in the baseline database.

Defined
Application in the
Configuration Description baseline Notes
Setting database?
(Yes/No)

Specifies the
query that is used
to identify
records that store
The documentation assumes that you will
Asset Query information about
No set the Asset Query Path setting to the
Path pieces of
baseline Asset Query.
equipment for
which you
perform
inspections.

46 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Defined
Application in the
Configuration Description baseline Notes
Setting database?
(Yes/No)

Specifies the
In the baseline database, the Published
query that is used
Documents query in the following Catalog
Published to display results
Yes location is specified for this setting:
Query Path on the Published
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Config
Inspection
Queries.
Documents page.
Specifies the
query that is used
to load all
Inspection In the baseline database, the Inspection
Summary records that are History Summary query in the following
Yes Catalog location is specified for this setting:
Query Path linked to a
specific \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Config Queries.
Equipment or
Functional
Location record.
Specifies the In the baseline database, the All Inspection
query that is used Alerts query in the following Catalog
Alerts Query to populate the location is specified for this setting:
Yes
Path results displayed
on the Inspection \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Conditional Alert
Alerts page. Queries

Specifies the
relationship that
The documentation assumes that you will
Associated you use to relate
set the Associated Relationship Family
Relationship Functional No
setting to Functional Location Has
Family Location records
Equipment.
to Equipment
records.
Specifies whether
the Equipment
family is the
predecessor or In the baseline database, this setting is set
Asset Is the successor in to True, meaning that the Equipment family
Yes
Successor the relationship is the successor in the Functional Location
that you defined Has Equipment relationship.
in the Associated
Relationship
Family setting.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 47

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Defined
Application in the
Configuration Description baseline Notes
Setting database?
(Yes/No)

Determines the:
 Value that
is used to
populate
the Item
Category
field in
Inspection
Profile
records
that are
created
automatic
ally. In the baseline database, the
Profile
Yes MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System
Configuration  List of Code Table is specified for this setting.
values
available
in the
Item
Category
field in
Inspection
Profile
records
that are
created
manually.

48 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Defined
Application in the
Configuration Description baseline Notes
Setting database?
(Yes/No)

Determines which
of the following
items will be used
to populate the
Item Category
field in Inspection
Profile records
that are created
automatically (for
Equipment
records that are
not already linked
to Inspection
Profile records):
 System
Codes in a
System In the baseline database, the
Method Code Yes MI_INSPECTION_METHOD_CATEGORY System
Configuration Table Code Table is specified for this setting.
 Results
from a
query
 Field
values in
the
Equipment
record to
which the
Inspection
Profile
records
will be
linked.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 49

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Defined
Application in the
Configuration Description baseline Notes
Setting database?
(Yes/No)

Determines the In the baseline database, the

strategy rule that MI_InspectionTasksUpdate strategy rule is
will be executed specified for this setting.
when you select The strategy rule MI_InspectionTasksUpdate
Strategy Rule
the Inspection Yes updates the values in the Last Date and
Configuration
Task Complete Next Date fields in all Inspection Task
check box in an records that are linked to Inspection records
Inspection that have a value in the Completion Date
record. field.

About Event Configurations

The Event Configurations grid displays one row for each Inspection family for
which an Event Configuration has been defined.

In the baseline database, an Event Configuration is defined for each baseline

Inspection family. As a result, one row is displayed in the grid for each baseline
Inspection family. The following columns are displayed in the Event
Configurations grid:

50 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 Family: Displays the family caption.

 Auto Generate: Displays one of the following values:

 Auto generate findings: Indicates that General Finding records

will be created automatically when you create an Inspection
record in this family.

 Auto generate observations: Indicates that Observations records

will be created automatically when you create an Inspection
record in this family.

 None: Indicates that neither General Finding nor Observation

records will be created automatically when you create an
Inspection record in this family.

 Reviewer's Datasheet: Displays the datasheet caption that was

specified when the Event Configuration was defined for the family, (i.e.,
the datasheet that was selected in the Reviewer's Datasheet list on the
Select Reviewer's Datasheet screen in the Inspection Event
Configuration Wizard).

 Explorer Path: Displays the Catalog location of the configured explorer

that was created when the Event Configuration was defined for the
family, (i.e., the value that was specified in the Customized Explorer
text box on the Configure Explorer screen in the Inspection Event
Configuration Wizard). This Catalog location will be used to display
records in the Inspection family.

You can select rows in this grid to modify or delete an existing Event
Configuration.

Task Menus

Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Configuration page contains the
following link:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 51

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection

Configuration page.

Application Tasks

The Application Tasks menu on the Inspection Configuration page contains

the following link:

 Edit Selected: Opens a dialog box specific to your selection in the

Application Configurations grid. You can use the dialog box to specify
the following settings:

 Asset Query Path

 Published Query Path

 Summary Query Path

 Alerts Query Path

 Associated Relationship Family

 Asset Is Successor

 Profile Configuration

 Method Configuration

Event Tasks

52 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Event Tasks menu on the Inspection Configuration page contains the
following links:

 Add New: Displays the Inspection Event Configuration Wizard, which

you can use to create a new Event Configuration for an Inspection
family.

 Edit Selected: Displays the Inspection Event Configuration Wizard,

which you can use to edit the Event Configuration that has been created
for the Inspection family that is selected in the Event Configurations
grid.

 Delete Selected: After displaying a confirmation message, deletes the

Event Configuration for the specified family and then lets you choose
whether or not to delete the configured explorer for the specified
family.

Inspection Manage Resources Page

Accessing the Inspection Manage Resources Page

You can use the Inspection Manage Resources page to view the following types
of records in your database:

 All Human Resource records.

 All Human Resource records that are linked to a Personnel Certification

record.

 All Human Resource records that have been assigned a role.

To access the Inspection Manage Resources page:

 In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Administration

page, click the Manage Inspection Resources, Roles, and Certifications
link.

The Inspection Manage Resources page appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 53

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Aspects of the Inspection Manage Resources Page

The Inspection Manage Resources page contains a grid that displays rows that
correspond with the queries that are stored in the Catalog location
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Resource Queries. You can access the
results of these queries via the Inspection Manage Resources page in order to
assign a new role to a user or modify a user's existing role.

54 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The grid on the Inspection Manage Resources page contains the following
columns:

 Caption: Displays the hyperlinked captions of the following queries:

 All Human Resources: Displays the Saved Search: All Human

Resources page, which displays a list of all Human Resource
records.

 Human Resources with certification: Displays the Saved Search:

Human Resources with certification page, which displays a list of
all Human Resource records that are linked to a Personnel
Certification record.

 Human resources with roles: Displays the Saved Search: Human

Resources with roles page, which displays a list of all Human
Resource records that have been assigned a role.

Note: In the Meridium APM baseline database, each page

described in the preceding list displays in the page title the
catalog item caption for the query with which it is associated.
This documentation assumes that you have not modified these
query captions.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 55

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Description: Displays the description of each Catalog item.

The Inspection Manage Resources page contains one task menu, Common
Tasks.

Common Tasks Menu

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Manage Resources page contains
the following links:

 Print: This link is always disabled.

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection

Manage Resources page.

Time-Based Inspection Settings Page

Accessing the Time-Based Inspection Settings Page

You can use the Time-Based Inspection Settings page to define time-based
inspection settings.

To access the Time-Based Inspection Settings page:

 In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Administration

page, click the Manage Time-Based Settings link.

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page appears.

56 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Aspects of the Time-Based Inspection Settings Page

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page is used to define time-based

inspection settings.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 57

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page contains the Manage Time-Based

Inspection Settings workspace. This workspace contains the following items:

 The Unit/Component Family Settings tab: Contains a grid that displays

one row for each Functional Location record and/or Criticality Calculator
RBI Components family for which time-based inspection settings have
been defined. The grid contains the following columns:

 Unit: Displays the Record ID of the Functional Location record

associated with the time-based inspection setting.

 Component Family: Displays the family caption of the Criticality

Calculator RBI Components family associated with the time-based
inspection setting.

 The Equipment Settings tab: Contains a grid that displays one row for
each Equipment record for which time-based inspection settings have
been defined. The grid contains the following columns:

 Unit: Displays the Record ID of the Functional Location record

representing a Unit that is linked to the Equipment record
associated with the time-based inspection setting.

58 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 Equipment ID: Displays the Record ID of the Equipment record

associated with the time-based inspection setting.

 The Task Types for <number> Selected Settings pane: Contains a grid
that displays one row for each Task Types record in the database whose
Reference field contains one of the following values, where <number> is
the number of rows selected in the grid on the Unit/Component Family
Settings or Equipment tab:

 INSPECTION_STRATEGY (Inspection Strategy), if the following

conditions are met:

o The Risk Based Inspection (RBI) license is active.

-and-

o The Generate Recommendations using Policy Manager

setting is enabled on the Administrative Tasks page in RBI.

-or-

o The RBI license is not active.

 INSPECTION (Inspection), if the following conditions are met:

o The RBI license is active.

-but-

o The Generate Recommendations using Policy Manager

setting on the Administrative Tasks page in RBI is disabled.

Throughout this documentation, the Task Types for <number> Selected

Settings pane is referred to simply as the Task Types pane. The grid in
this pane contains the following columns:

 Task Type: Displays the value stored in the Task Type Description
field in the Task Types record.

 Interval (Months): Displays the user-specific inspection interval.

The value that you type in this cell is stored in the Interval field
in the associated Time Based Inspection Interval record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 59

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Description: Displays the user-specific description for the

inspection interval. The value that you type in this cell is stored
in the Description field in the associated Time Based Inspection
Interval record. The cells in this column contain the button,
which displays the Description dialog box that can be used to
specify the description.

 The legend: Displays the icons listed in the following table. One icon is
displayed for each row in the grids on the Unit/Component Family
Settings and Equipment Settings tabs and indicates whether or not the
associated time-based inspection setting is valid:

Icon Description

Indicates that at least one valid inspection interval has been defined
for the record or family. You can save time-based inspection settings
only when at least one valid inspection interval is defined.
Indicates one of the following, depending upon the tab that is
selected in the Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace.
When the:
 Unit/Component Family Settings tab is selected, indicates
that one of the following has not been defined:
o A Unit or Criticality Calculator RBI Components
family.
o At least one inspection interval.
 Equipment Settings tab is selected, indicates that at least
one inspection interval has not been defined.
Indicates that one or more invalid inspection intervals (e.g., a text
value) are defined for the record or family.
Indicates that time-based inspection settings for the record or
family already exist.

The legend is hidden by default. To show the legend, click the Show
Legend link on the Setting Tasks menu.

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page contains the following task menus:
Setting Tasks and Common Tasks.

60 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Task Menus

Setting Tasks

The Setting Tasks menu on the Time-Based Inspection Settings page contains
the following links:

 Add Setting: Results in the following behavior, depending upon which

tab is selected in the Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings
workspace. When the:

 Unit/Component Family Settings tab is selected, a new row is

added to the grid on the tab that you can use to define new time-
based inspection settings for a Functional Location record or a
Criticality Calculator RBI Components family.

 Equipment Settings tab is selected, the Find Items window is

displayed, where you can perform a search for the Equipment
record for which you want to define new time-based inspection
settings.

 Revert Changes: After displaying a confirmation message, reverses any

modifications that you have made on the page since you last saved your
changes.

 Save: Saves the time-based inspection settings that you have defined.

 Delete Setting: After displaying a confirmation message, deletes the

time-based inspection settings associated with the record or family that
is selected on the Unit/Component Family Settings or Equipment
Settings tab.

 Show Legend: Displays the legend at the bottom of the Manage Time-
Based Inspection Settings workspace. When you click the Show Legend

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 61

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

link, the label of this link changes to Hide Legend. When you click the
Hide Legend link, the legend will be hidden.

Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Time-Based Inspection Settings page

contains the following links:

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the current page.

Inspection Manage Profiles Page

Accessing the Inspection Manage Profiles Page

You can use the Inspection Manage Profiles page to access the Inspection
Profile page for an Equipment record.

To access the Inspection Manage Profiles page:

 On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Manage Equipment

Inspection Profiles link.

The Inspection Manage Profiles page appears.

62 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Aspects of the Inspection Manage Profiles Page

The Inspection Manage Profiles page contains a grid with one row.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 63

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The grid contains the following columns:

 Caption: Displays the hyperlinked text All Equipment that can have an
Inspection Profiles, which displays the results of the All Equipment that
can have an Inspection Profiles query on the Saved Search: All
Equipment that can have an Inspection Profiles page. On this page,
you can select the Equipment record to which you want to link an
Inspection Profile record.

Note: In the Meridium APM baseline database, the page described here
displays in the page title the catalog item caption for the query with
which it is associated. This documentation assumes that you have not
modified this query caption.

 Description: Displays the Catalog description of the All Equipment that

can have Inspection Profiles query.

The Inspection Manage Profiles page contains the following task menu:
Common Tasks.

Common Tasks Menu

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Manage Profiles page contains the
following links:

 Print: This link is always disabled.

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection

Manager Profiles page.

64 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Inspection Profile Page

Accessing the Inspection Profile Page

You can use the Inspection Profile page to create or modify the Inspection
Profile for a piece of equipment that you will inspect.

To access the Inspection Profile page:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Management Start

Page, click the Manage Equipment Inspection Profiles link.

The Inspection Manage Profiles page appears, displaying a list the

queries that are stored the Profile Queries folder in the Catalog. The
following image shows an example of what this page looks like by
default.

2. In the grid, click the All Equipment that can have an Inspection
Profiles link.

The Saved Search: All Equipment that can have an Inspection Profiles
page appears, displaying a list of all Equipment records that can be
linked to an Inspection Profile record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 65

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the row containing the Equipment record whose Inspection Profile you
want to view on the Inspection Profile page, click the Manage Profiles
link.

If the Equipment record for which you are accessing the Inspection
Profile is:

 Already linked to at least one Inspection Profile record, the

Inspection Profile page appears

 Not linked to any Inspection Profile records, the Confirm

Generation dialog box appears.

If you click the:

 Yes button, the Inspection Profile page appears, and

Inspection Profile records will be created automatically for

66 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

the Equipment record, according to your profile

configuration setting.

 No button, the Inspection Profile page appears, and

Inspection Profile records will not be created automatically
for the Equipment record, according to your profile
configuration setting.

Aspects of the Inspection Profile Page

The Inspection Profile - <Equipment Record ID> page, where <Equipment

Record ID> is the Record ID of the Equipment record that is linked to the
Inspection Profile record displays details for a specific Inspection Profile record
and any associated Inspection Method records. Throughout the documentation,
we refer to the Inspection Profile - <Equipment Record ID> page simply as the
Inspection Profile page.

The Inspection Profile page contains the following items:

 Inspection Profile tab: Displays a grid containing the Inspection Profile

records that are linked to the Equipment record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 67

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Inspection Method tab: Displays a grid containing the Inspection Method

records that are linked to the Inspection Profile record that is selected
in the Inspection Profile section.

 Task menus: Menus that provide specific functionality. The following

menus are available: Common Tasks and Associated Pages.

Inspection Profile Tab

The Inspection Profile tab on the Inspection Profile page contains a grid that
contains a row for each Inspection Profile record that is linked to the
Equipment record identified by the Record ID that appears below the Site Map.

The following columns of information are displayed on the Inspection Profile

tab:

 Item Category

 Item ID

 Item Description

 Sequence

 RBI Component

Note: The cells in the RBI Component column are enabled only if the
Risk Based Inspection (RBI) module is active.

 RBI Component Family

Above the grid, the following items are displayed:

 Reference Documents link: Displays the Reference Documents dialog

box, where you can manage the Reference Document records that are
linked to the Equipment record.

 button: Saves any changes that you have made on the Inspection
Profiles tab.

68 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 button: After asking for confirmation, deletes the selected Inspection

Profile record and any Inspection Method records to which it is linked.

 button: Displays the Reference Documents dialog box, when you can
manage the Reference Document records that are linked to the
Equipment record.

Below the grid, buttons are displayed that you can use to navigate between the
rows in the grid.

Inspection Method Tab

The Inspection Method tab on the Inspection Profile page contains a grid that
contains a row for each Inspection Method record that is linked to the
Inspection Profile record that is selected on the Inspection Profile tab.

The following columns are displayed on the Inspection Method tab:

 Category

 ID

 Description

 RBI Degradation Mechanism

Note: The cells in the RBI Degradation Mechanism column are enabled
only if the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) module is active.

Above the grid, the following buttons are displayed.

Button Function

Saves any changes that you have made on the Inspection Method tab.

After asking for confirmation, deletes the selected Inspection Method

record.
Displays the Reference Documents dialog box, where you can manage
the Reference Document records that are linked to the selected
Inspection Method record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 69

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Below the grid, buttons are displayed that you can use to navigate between the
rows in the grid.

Task Menus

Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Profile page contains the
following links:

 Add Existing Item: Displays the Find Items window, where you can
search for an Equipment record whose Inspection Profile you want to use
to create new Inspection Profile and Inspection Method records that are
linked to the current Equipment record.

 Manage Inspection Scope: Displays the Task Builder, where you can
choose to define a new Inspection Scope or view an existing Inspection
Scope for the current equipment.

 Sequence Profile: Displays the Sequencing page, where you can apply a
sequence value to the Inspection Profile records that are displayed on
the Inspection Profile page.

 Save: Saves any changes that you have made in either the Inspection
Profile section or the Inspection Method section.

 Print: Displays the Preview window, which shows you a preview of the
Inspection Profile page as it will appear on the printed page.

70 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection

Profile page.

Associated Pages

The Associated Pages menu on the Inspection Profile page displays Associated
Pages that have been configured for the family of the record that is linked to
the Inspection Profile records that are displayed on the page.

Required Tasks

About Required Tasks

This section of the documentation provides details on the following tasks that
must be completed prior to beginning work in Inspection Management in order
to take advantage of Inspection Management functionality:

 Defining the Asset Query Path setting

 Defining the Associated Relationship Family setting

 Assigning roles to users who should be able to complete tasks in

Inspection

 Defining Inspection Profiles

Defining the Asset Query Path Setting

The Asset Query Path Setting defines the query that identifies the record in
which you store information for pieces of equipment for which you perform
inspections.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 71

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

To define the Asset Query Path setting:

1. in the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

2. In the Application Configurations grid, select the row containing the

value Asset Query Path in the Name column, as shown in the following
image.

3. On the Application Tasks menu, click the Edit Selected link.

The Save As window appears.

72 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

4. Navigate to the following Catalog location and select the Asset Query:
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Config Queries.

5. Click the Open button.

The Save As window closes, and the Catalog location is populated in the
Value column in the Application Configurations grid.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 73

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Defining the Associated Relationship Family Setting

The Associated Relationship Family setting specifies the relationship that

relates Functional Location records to Equipment records. When you create
Inspection records using the Event Builder, certain fields in the Inspection
record will be populated with values from both the Equipment and Functional
Location record based upon this setting.

IMPORTANT: The following instructions assume that you are conducting a

baseline deployment of the Inspection module. (i.e., Equipment records will be
linked to Functional Location records through the Functional Location Has
Equipment relationship family). If you are conducting a custom deployment of
the Inspection module, this setting should specify the relationship family that is
used to link the records in which you store equipment data to the records in
which you store location data).

To define the Associated Relationship Family setting:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

2. In the Application Configurations grid, select the row containing the

value Associated Relationship Family in the Name column, as shown in
the following image.

3. On the Application Tasks menu, click the Edit Selected link.

The Meridium Inspection dialog box appears.

74 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

4. In the Associated Relationship Family list, select Functional Location

Has Equipment, and click OK.

The Meridium Inspection dialog box closes, and the Value column in the
grid is populated with the relationship family that you specified.

Assigning Roles

Assigning a Role

To assign a role to a Security User, you will need to link a Resource Role record
to the Human Resource record for that Security User. The Resource Role record
contains the Role field, which should contain a value that indicates the role
assigned to that user. For example, if John Smith is responsible for reviewing
Inspection records, you would create a Human Resource record for John Smith
and link it to a Resource Role record. That Resource Role record would contain
the value Inspection Supervisor in the Role field.

To assign a role to an Inspection Management user:

1. On the Inspection Administration page, click the Manage Inspection

Resources, Roles, and Certifications link.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 75

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The Inspection Manage Resources page appears, displaying a list of all

queries and searches in the Resource Queries folder in the Catalog.

2. Click the All Human Resources link.

The Saved Search: All Human Resources page appears, displaying a list
of all Human Resource records that exist in the database.

3. In the row containing the user to whom you want to assign a role, click
the Manage Resource Roles link.

The Record Manager appears, displaying the Human Resource record in

the master/detail datasheet.

4. In the Resource Role section:

a. In the Category list, select Inspection.

b. In the Role list, select the role you want to assign the Security
User.

Note: If you assign a user the Inspector role, that user's name will
appear in the Inspection Report Owner field when you create an
Inspection record. If you assign a user the Inspection Supervisor
role, that user's name will appear in the Reviewers Name field
when you create an Inspection record.

5. If desired, assign a second role to the user by selecting on a new row the
Inspection category and a different value in the Role field.

6. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Human Resource record and the linked Resource Role record(s) are
saved.

Modifying a User's Role

To modify a user's role:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Administration

page.

76 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. Click the Manage Inspection Resources, Roles, and Certifications link.

The Inspection Manage Resources page appears, displaying a list of all

queries and searches in the Resource Queries folder in the Catalog.

3. Click the Human Resources with roles link.

The Saved Search: Human Resources with Roles page appears,

displaying a list of all users that have been assigned a role.

4. In the row containing the user whose role you want to modify, click the
hyperlink in the Last Name column.

The Record Manager appears, displaying the Human Resource record in

the master/detail datasheet.

5. In the detail grid, modify the roles as desired.

6. Save the record.

Defining Inspection Profiles

Creating an Inspection Profile Record

To create an Inspection Profile record:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Profile page.

The Inspection Profile page appears, displaying on the Inspection

Profile tab the Inspection Profile records that are that is linked to the
Equipment record identified by the Record ID that appears below the
Site Map. A red outline has been added to the following image to
highlight the Inspection Profile tab.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 77

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. On the Inspection Profile tab, in the first blank row at the bottom of
the grid, in the Item Category list, click inside the cell and then click
the button, and select the subcomponent that needs to be
inspected. The list of values is generated based on the Profile
Configuration setting on the Inspection Configuration page.

The Item ID cell is populated automatically with the value that you
selected in the Category cell. You can modify the ID if desired.

3. In the Item Description cell, type a description for the subcomponent.

4. In the Sequence cell, type a number indicating the order in which the
subcomponent should be inspected, relative to the other subcomponents
in the grid.

5. In the RBI Component list, select the subcomponent type. The list
contains the Record ID of all Criticality Calculator RBI Components
records that are linked to the Equipment record.

6. In the RBI Component Family list, select the Criticality Calculator RBI
Components family associated with the Inspection Profile record.

Note: This step is required only if you define time-based inspection

settings at the Criticality Calculator RBI Components level and perform
inspections by defining Inspection Scope.

78 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

7. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Inspection Profile record is saved and linked to the Equipment

record.

Copying an Inspection Profile from One Piece of Equipment to Another Piece of

Equipment

If you define an Inspection Profile for a piece of equipment and another similar
piece of equipment already has an Inspection Profile, you can create all or part
of the Inspection Profile for the current piece of equipment using the
Inspection Profile that is already defined for the similar piece of equipment.
When you do so, Meridium APM will use the Inspection Profile records that are
already linked to the similar piece of Equipment as the basis for creating new
Inspection Profile records that will be linked to the Equipment record that you
are working with. In addition, any Inspection Method records in the source
Inspection Profile will be used to create new Inspection Method records in the
new Inspection Profile.

In other words, when you are finished with the process, the two Equipment
records will be linked to different Inspection Profile records that have the
same values in the Category, ID, and Description fields. The Inspection Method
records from the source Inspection Profile will also be different records from
the Inspection Method records in the new Inspection Profile.

To copy an Inspection Profile from one piece of equipment to another piece

of equipment:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Profile for the
Equipment record to which you want to copy an existing Inspection
Profile.

2. On the Inspection Profile page, on the Common Tasks menu, click the
Add Existing Item link.

The Find Items window appears, displaying the Simple Search

workspace. The Search In list is populated automatically with the
Equipment family.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 79

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the Linked To list, select Inspection Profile.

4. If desired, add additional search criteria. You can do so using the Look
For text box on the Simple Search workspace or the additional
advanced search options on the Advanced Search workspace, which you
can access by clicking the Advanced Search link on the Search Type
menu.

5. When you are finished adding criteria to the search, click the Find Now
button.

The search results appear, displaying all Equipment records that are
linked to an existing Inspection Profile record and meet the additional
search criteria that you defined.

80 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

6. In the search results, select the row containing the Equipment record
that is linked to the Inspection Profile records that you want to use to
create new Inspection Profile records that will be linked to the
Equipment record that you are working with on the Inspection Profile
page, and click the Select button.

New Inspection Profile records appear in the grid in the Inspection

Profile section, where the Category, ID, and Description values are the
same as the values in the Inspection Profile records that are linked to
the similar Equipment record. If any of the source Inspection Profile
records are linked to Inspection Method records, new Inspection Method
records also appear in the grid in the Inspection Method section.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 81

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Creating an Inspection Method Record

To identify the ways in which you could inspect equipment subcomponents, you
will need to create Inspection Method records and link them to the Inspection
Profile records that represent those subcomponents.

To create an Inspection Method record and link it to an Inspection Profile

record:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Profile page.

The Inspection Profile page appears, displaying on the Inspection

Method tab each Inspection Method record that is linked to the
Inspection Profile record that is selected on the Inspection Profile tab.
A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight the
Inspection Method tab.

2. On the Inspection Profile tab, select the row containing the Inspection
Profile record that you want to link to a new Inspection Method record.

3. On the Inspection Method tab, in the first blank row at the bottom of
the grid, in the Category list, click the button, and select the method
that should be used to inspect the subcomponent. The list of values is
generated based on the Profile Configuration setting on the Inspection
Configuration page.

82 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The ID cell is populated automatically with the value that you selected
in the Category cell. You can modify the ID if desired.

4. In the Description cell, type a description of the inspection method.

5. In the RBI Degradation Mechanism list, select the RBI degradation

mechanism with which the inspection method is associated. The list is
filtered automatically to display only the Potential Degradation
Mechanisms records that are linked to the Criticality Calculator RBI
Components record that appears in the RBI Component cell for the
currently selected Inspection Profile record.

6. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Inspection Method record is saved and linked to the Inspection

Profile record.

Applying a Sequence Value to Inspection Profile Records

To apply a sequence value to Inspection Profile records:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Profile page.

2. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Sequence Profile link.

The Sequencing page appears, displaying the Inspection Profile records

that were displayed on the Inspection Profile page.

3. Use the Sequencing page to apply a sequence value to the Inspection

Profile records.

Optional Tasks

About Optional Tasks

This section of the documentation provides details on optional configuration

tasks that you may complete when deploying the Inspection Management
module.

 Modify the baseline Asset Query

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 83

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Modify Query Path settings

 Modify the Profile Configuration setting

 Modify the Method Configuration setting

 Modify the Strategy Rule Configuration setting

 Define additional Event Configurations

 Modify email alerts

 Create work packs

 Define time-based inspection settings

Modifying the Baseline Asset Query

Meridium APM provides the Asset Query in the Catalog folder

\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Config Queries. This query is configured
to return Equipment records by default, and it is used to identify records that
store information about pieces of equipment for which you perform
inspections.

Note that the Asset Query searches the Equipment family and returns the result
of a single Count expression and prompt for the Equipment Entity Key.

To modify the baseline Asset Query:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, navigate to the Catalog, and open the
Asset Query in the folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Config
Queries.

The Enter parameter values dialog box appears.

84 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. Click Cancel.

Blank query results appear.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 85

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. On the Query Tasks menu, click the SQL View link.

The query SQL code appears.

4. Replace the text MI_EQUIP000 with the ID of the family whose records
store information about the pieces of equipment for which you perform
inspections.

5. Save the query.

Your modification is saved.

86 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Modifying Query Path Settings

The following instructions provide details on defining the following Application

Configuration settings:

 Published Query Path

 Summary Query Path

 Alerts Query Path

To modify a query path:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

2. In the Application Configurations grid, select the row containing the

query path that you want to specify.

3. On the Application Tasks menu, click the Edit Selected link.

The Save As dialog box appears.

4. In the Catalog, select the query that you want to use, and click the
Open button.

The Save As dialog box closes, and Value column in the grid is
populated with the Catalog location of the query that you selected.

Modifying the Profile Configuration Setting

How is the Profile Configuration Setting Used?

The Profile Configuration setting is used to determine the:

 Inspection Profile records that will be created automatically when you

access the Inspection Profile page for an Equipment record that is not
linked to Inspection Profile records. Specifically, the Profile
Configuration setting determines which value will be used to populate
the Item Category field in Inspection Profile records that are created
automatically.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 87

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 List of values that is available in the Item Category field in Inspection

Profile records that are created manually.

By default, the product is configured to use the

MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System Code Table to populate the Item
Category field (in records created automatically) and list (in records created
manually). You can modify this setting to specify that one of the following
options be used to populate the Item Category field and list:

 IDs of active System Codes in a specific System Code Table.

 Results from a query.

 Field values in the Equipment record to which the Inspection Profile

records will be linked.

Using a System Code Table

Using a System Code Table to Populate the Item Category Field Automatically

When Inspection Profile records are created automatically, the Item Category
field in those records can be populated automatically with the Description and
ID of active System Codes in a specific System Code table. Consider the
following example.

Suppose that when you access the Inspection Profile page for an Equipment
record, you want the Meridium APM system to create two Inspection Profile
records with the following values in the Item Category field:

 Baffles (BAFFLES)

 Bearings (BEARINGS)

In this case, an administrative user could define the references outlined in red
in the following MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System Code Table (via
the Configuration Manager).

88 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Notice how the referenced System Codes use the ID MI_EQUIP000, which is the
family ID of the Equipment family.

Based on these System Codes, if you accepted this default profile configuration
setting:

...when you accessed the Inspection Profile page for an Equipment record, the
following Inspection Profile records would be created automatically.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 89

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Using a System Code Table to Populate the Item Category List Manually

When you create an Inspection Profile record manually, the Item Category field
contains a list of available values. If you configure the profile configuration
setting accordingly, this list can contain the IDs of active System Codes in a
specific System Code Table. Consider the following example.

Suppose that for Inspection Profile records that are linked to Equipment
records, you want the list in the Item Category field to contain the following
values:

 BAFFLES

 BEARINGS

In this case, an administrative user could define the references outlined in red
in the following MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System Code Table (via
the Configuration Manager).

Notice how the referenced System Codes use the ID MI_EQUIP000, which is the
family ID of the Equipment family.

Based on these System Codes, if you accepted this default profile configuration
setting:

90 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

...when you accessed the Inspection Profile page for an Equipment record, the
Item Category list in any Inspection Profile records that you created manually
would contain the values BAFFLES and BEARINGS, as shown in the following
image.

Using a Query to Populate the Item Category Field/List Automatically

When Inspection Profile records are created automatically, the Item Category
field in those records can be populated with a value that is determined by the
results from a query. This option exists only to support custom solutions, which
are beyond the scope of the Meridium APM documentation.

Likewise, when Inspection Profile records are created manually, the Item
Category list can contain a list of values that is determined by the results from
a query. This option exists only to support custom solutions, which are beyond
the scope of the Meridium APM documentation.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 91

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Using Values in Equipment Records

Using Equipment Record Values to Populate the Item Category Field

Automatically

When Inspection Profile records are created automatically, if you or someone

else in your organization has completed the steps to classify your equipment,
the Item Category field in those records can be populated with field values in
the Equipment record to which the Inspection Profile records will be linked.
Consider the following example.

Suppose that when you access the Inspection Profile page for an Equipment
record containing the following field values, you want the Meridium APM
system to create two Inspection Profile records, one with the Item Category
value Baffles (BAFFLES) and one with the Item Category value Bearings
(BEARINGS):

 Taxonomy Category: FIX

 Taxonomy Class: HEA

 Taxonomy Type: SHE

In this case, if you defined this configuration setting:

92 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

...when you accessed the Inspection Profile page for an Equipment record
whose Taxonomy Category, Taxonomy Class, and Taxonomy Type fields contain
the values listed above, the following Inspection Profile records would be
created automatically.

Using Equipment Record Values to Populate the Item Category List Automatically

When you configure the profile configuration setting to populate the Item
Category field in automatically created Inspection Profile records using values
in the Equipment records to which the Inspection Profile records are linked,
when you create Inspection Profile records manually, the Item Category list
will contain the Description and IDs of all the active System Codes in the
MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System Code Table.

For example, if you defined this profile configuration setting:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 93

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

...when you accessed the Inspection Profile page for an Equipment record to
create an Inspection Profile record manually, the Item Category list would
contain the Descriptions and IDs of all the active System Codes in the
MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System Code Table, as shown in the following
image.

94 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Aspects of the Meridium Inspection Window

You can use the Meridium Inspection window to define the Profile
Configuration setting, which identifies the method that will be used to
populate the:

 Item Category field in Inspection Profile records that are created

automatically.

 List of values in the Item Category field in Inspection Profile records

that are created manually.

The Meridium Inspection window displays the Pick a source for your
inspection profile item list, which contains the following values:

 System Code

 Query

 Taxonomy

Your selection in the list determines which additional items will be displayed
on the Meridium Inspection window. If you select:

 System Code, the Pick a system code table for generating profile
items list is displayed. A red outline has been added to the following
image to highlight the Pick a system code table for generating profile
items list.

The Pick a system code table for generating profile items list contains
the IDs of all the System Code Tables in the baseline Meridium APM

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 95

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

database. The value MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY is selected by

default.

 Query, the following items are displayed:

 Path to profile query: A text box that identifies the path to the
query that you want to use to populate the Item Category field in
Inspection Profile records that are created automatically and the
list of values in the Item Category field in Inspection Profile
records that are created manually. You cannot type a value in this
text box. Instead it will be populated automatically after you
select a query using the Browse for query hyperlink.

 Browse for query: A hyperlink that displays the Open Catalog

Item dialog box, which you can use to browse for the query that
you want to use.

A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight the
Path to profile query text box and Browse for query link.

 Taxonomy, the following sections are displayed:

 Taxonomy: Displays a grid containing the Category, Class, and

Type columns. The cells in each column contain a list of values
that are stored in Taxonomy Mapping records:

o Category: A list of the unique values that are stored in the

Taxonomy Category field in all Taxonomy Mapping records.

o Class: A list of the unique values that are stored in the

Taxonomy Class field in all Taxonomy Mapping records

96 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

whose Taxonomy Category field contains the value that is

selected in the Category list.

o Type: A list of the unique values that are stored in the

Taxonomy Type field in all Taxonomy Mapping records
whose Taxonomy Category and Taxonomy Class fields
contain the values that are selected in the Category and
Class lists, respectively.

You can populate multiple rows in the grid, where each row
contains a unique set of Equipment field values for which you will
select values in the list in the Inspection Profile section.

 Inspection Profile: Displays the IDs of all the active System Codes
that are stored in the MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System
Code Table. The value that you select in this list will be used to
populate Item Category field in the Inspection Profile records that
are created automatically for Equipment records with the
selected classification values.

A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight the
Taxonomy and Inspection Profile sections.

The following buttons are displayed at the bottom of the Meridium Inspection
window:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 97

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 OK: Saves any selections that you have made and closes the Meridium
Inspection window.

 Cancel: Closes the Meridium Inspection window and does not retain
your selections.

Modifying the Profile Configuration Setting

The Profile Configuration setting determines how the Item Category field (in
Inspection Profile records created automatically) and list (in Inspection Profile
records created manually) is populated. By default, this setting is configured to
use the MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY System Code Table.

To modify the Profile Configuration setting:

1. On the Inspection Configuration page, in the grid in the Application

Configurations section, select the row containing Profile Configuration
in the Name column.

2. On the Application Tasks menu, click the Edit Selected link.

The Meridium Inspection window appears.

3. In the Pick a source for your Inspection Profile items list, select the
desired source for the Profile Configuration setting.

4. Depending upon your selection in the Pick a source for your Inspection
Profile items list, make selections in the additional fields that are
displayed on the Meridium Inspection window.

98 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 If you selected System Code, in the Pick a system code table for
generating profile items list, select the desired System Code
Table.

 If you selected Query, click the Browse for query hyperlink to

browse for and select the desired query.

 If you selected Taxonomy, in the Taxonomy and Inspection

Profile sections, select the desired values.

5. Click OK.

6. The Profile Configuration setting is saved, the Meridium Inspection

window closes, and the Inspection Configuration page returns to focus.

Defining the Method Configuration

The Method Configuration setting determines the list of values that will be
populated in the Category field in Inspection Method records that you create.
By default, this setting is configured to use the
MI_INSPECTION_METHOD_CATEGORY System Code Table.

To modify the Method Configuration setting:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

2. In the Application Configurations list, select the Method Configuration

row.

3. On the Application Tasks menu, click the Edit Selected link.

The Meridium Inspection dialog box appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 99

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

4. In the Pick a source for your inspection method items list, select the
desired source for the values in the Category field.

5. If you selected System Code in the previous list, in the Pick a system
code table for generating method items list, select the desired System
Code Table.

-or-

If you selected Query in the previous list, click the Browse for query
link, locate the desired query in the Catalog, select it, and click the
Open button. The name of the query that you selected will be displayed
in the text box.

6. Click OK.

Your selection is saved.

Managing Strategy Rules

About Managing Strategy Rules

Inspection Management uses the following strategy rules, which are provided as
part of the baseline Inspection Management content:

 MI_ProcessConditionalAlerts

 MI_InspectionTasksUpdate

100 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The strategy rule MI_InspectionTasksUpdate is executed automatically when

you update an Inspection record. When this strategy rule is executed, the Last
Date and Next Date fields are updated in all Inspection Task records that are
linked to Inspection records that:

 Have a value in the Completion Date field are updated.

 Whose Inspection Task Complete field is set to True.

For example, if the Inspection record that is linked to Pump 14 is completed on

May 1, 2006, and the Inspection Task record that is linked to Pump 14 has a
Last Date of April 1, 2006 and a Next Date of May 1, 2006, when you execute
the strategy rule, the Last Date will be updated to May 1, 2006 (the date the
inspection was completed), and the Next Date will be updated according to the
desired interval in the Inspection Task record.

The strategy rule MI_ProcessConditionalAlerts searches for all records in the

Conditional Alerts family, and when it is executed, generates an email message
based on the conditions in all Conditional Alerts records that it finds. This
strategy rule must be executed manually.

You can use Inspection Management to access the Strategy List page, where
you can select the strategy rule that you want to execute.

Modifying the Strategy Rule Configuration Setting

In the baseline Meridium APM database, the Strategy Rule Configuration setting
is set to MI_InspectionTasksUpdate. As a result, when the
MI_InspectionTasksUpdate strategy rule is executed, the Last Date and Next
Date fields are updated in all Inspection Task records that are linked to
Inspection records whose:

 Completion Date field contains a value.

 Inspection Task Complete field is set to True.

You can modify the Strategy Rule Configuration setting if you want.

To modify the Strategy Rule Configuration setting:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 101

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. In the Application Configurations list, select the Strategy Rule

Configuration row.

3. On the Application Tasks menu, click the Edit Selected link.

The Meridium Inspection dialog box appears.

4. In the Strategy Rule list, select the desired strategy rule.

5. Click OK.

Your selection is saved.

Accessing the Strategy List Page Via Inspection Management

You can access the Strategy List page via the Inspection module in order to
locate the strategy rule that you want to execute.

To access the Strategy List page via the Inspection module:

 In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Administration

page, click the Manage Strategies link.

The Strategy List page appears.

102 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Defining Event Configurations

Defining Event Configurations for Custom Families

An Event Configuration is defined for each baseline Inspection family. If you

store information about inspections in non-baseline records, you must define
Event Configurations for these families.

To define a new Event Configuration:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

2. On the Event Tasks menu, click the Add New link.

The Inspection Event Configuration Wizard appears, displaying the

Select Inspection Family screen.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 103

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the Inspection Family list, select the family for which you want to
define an Event Configuration.

4. Click the Next button.

The Select Auto Generate Options screen appears.

104 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

If selected, the option that appears on this screen will automatically

create a General Finding or Observation record for each component of
the piece of equipment that you inspected.

 If the family that you selected on the previous screen is related only to
the Observation family, the check box is labeled Auto generate
observations. If it is selected, Observation records will be created
automatically when you create this type of record.

 If the family that you selected on the previous screen is related only to
the General Finding family, the check box is labeled Auto generate
findings. If it is selected, General Finding records will be created
automatically when you create this type of record.

 If the family that you selected on the previous screen is related to both
the Observation and General Finding family, the check box is labeled
Auto generate observations. If it is selected, only Observation records
will be created automatically when you create this type of record.

 If the family that you selected on the previous screen is not related to
either the Observation family or the General Finding family, a disabled
label that reads There are no auto generate options available is
displayed. In this case, neither Observation nor General Finding records
will be created automatically when you create this type of record.

5. If you want to generate General Finding or Observation records

automatically when you create new records in this Inspection Event
family, select the check box.

6. Click the Next button.

The Select Reviewer's Datasheet screen appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 105

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

7. In the Reviewer's Datasheet list, select the datasheet that you want
reviewers to see. The reviewer is the user whose name appears in the
Reviewer's Name field in the Inspection record. Datasheets will be
available in this list only if they have been created for the family that
you selected in step 3.

8. Click the Next button.

The Configure Explorer screen appears.

106 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

9. Click the Create a new explorer link.

The Definable Explorer Wizard appears, displaying the Welcome

screen.

10. Proceed through the Definable Explorer Wizard, and click the Finish
button when you have saved the new configured explorer.

The Configure Explorer screen of the Inspection Event Configuration

Wizard appears again, displaying the Catalog path in the Customized
Explorer text box.

11. Click the Next button.

The Event Configuration Summary screen appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 107

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

12. Review the information, and click the Finish button to save the Event
Configuration.

The Event Configuration is saved to the database, and a new row is

added to the Event Configurations grid on the Inspection Configuration
page.

Modifying an Existing Event Configuration

To modify an existing Event Configuration:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

2. In the list in the Event Configurations section, select the Event

Configuration that you want to modify.

3. On the Event Tasks menu, click the Edit Selected link.

The Inspection Event Configuration Wizard appears, displaying the

Select Auto Generate Options screen.

4. Proceed through the builder, and modify selections as desired. The

builder provides the same options that were presented when you
originally created the Event Configuration.

108 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Deleting an Event Configuration

To delete an Event Configuration:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Configuration

page.

2. In the Event Configurations list, select the Event Configuration that you
want to delete.

3. On the Event Tasks menu, click the Delete Selected link.

A confirmation message appears, asking if you are sure that you want to
delete the selected Event Configuration for the specified family.

4. Click the Yes button to delete the Event Configuration.

If there is a configured explorer associated with the Event

Configuration, a message will be displayed, asking if you also want to
delete the configured explorer associated with the Event Configuration.
Note that the configured explorer is created during one step of the
event configuration creation process. You can delete an Event
Configuration for a family and still retain the configured explorer that
was set up during the Event Configuration process.

If you click the Yes button, the configured explorer will be deleted from
the Catalog. If you click the No button, the configured explorer will not
be deleted, but the Event Configuration will still be deleted.

Managing Certifications

Recording a User's Certification

To record a user's certification:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Administration

page.

2. Click the Manage Inspection Resources, Roles, and Certifications link.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 109

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The Inspection Manage Resources page appears, displaying a list of all

queries and searches in the Profile Queries folder in the Catalog.

3. Click the All Human Resources link.

The Saved Search: All Human Resources page appears, displaying a list
of all Human Resource records in the database.

4. In the row containing the user for which you want to record
certifications, click the Manage Resource Certifications link.

The Human Resource record appears in the Record Manager in the

master/detail datasheet. The Human Resource record is the master
record, and any Personnel Certification records you create will be the
detail records.

5. In the detail grid, create the desired Personnel Certification records.

6. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Personnel Certification records are saved and linked to the Human
Resource record.

Modifying a User's Certification

To modify a user's certification:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Administration

page.

2. Click the Manage Inspection Resources, Roles, and Certifications link.

The Inspection Manage Resources page appears, displaying a list of all

queries and searches in the Profile Queries folder in the Catalog.

3. Click the Human Resources with certification link.

The Saved Search: Human Resources with certification page appears,

displaying a list of all Human Resources records that are linked to a
Personnel Certification record.

110 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

4. In the row containing the user whose certification that you want to
modify, click the hyperlink in the Last Name column.

The Record Manager appears, displaying the Human Resource record in

the master/detail datasheet.

5. In the detail grid, modify the certifications as desired.

6. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

Managing Email Alerts

Inspection Alerts Page

Accessing the Inspection Alerts Page

You can use the Inspection Alerts page to view all of the Conditional Alerts
records in your database, create a new Conditional Alerts record, or modify an
existing Conditional Alerts record.

To access the Inspection Alerts page:

 In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Administration

page, click the Manage Inspection Alerts link.

The Inspection Alerts page appears.

The following image shows an example of the Inspection Alerts page.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 111

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Aspects of the Inspection Alerts Page

The Inspection Alerts page contains a grid that displays the results of the All
Inspection Alerts query that is stored in the following Catalog location:
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Conditional Alert Queries.

One row is displayed in the grid for each Conditional Alerts record in your
database. With the exception of the Action column, which displays a hyperlink

112 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

that you can use to view the Conditional Alerts record in Record Manager, the
following columns that correspond with the following Conditional Alerts field
are displayed in the grid.

Column Conditional Alerts

label field

Alert
Description
Description
Last Date
Last Date Processed
Processed

Interval Interval

Active? Active?

The Inspection Alerts page contains the following task menus: Common Tasks
and Alert Tasks.

Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Alerts page contains the following
links:

 Print: Displays the Preview window, which shows you a preview of the
results of the Inspection Alerts Query page as it will appear on the
printed page.

 Send To: This link is always disabled.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection Alerts
page.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 113

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Alert Tasks

The Alert Tasks menu on the Inspection Alerts page contains the following
link:

 New Alert: Displays the datasheet for a new Conditional Alerts record in
Record Manager.

About Email Alerts

After you create a Conditional Alerts record, you must execute the Meridium
APM-provided strategy rule MI_ProcessConditionalAlerts, which will search for
all records in the Conditional Alerts family and generate an email message for
each record it finds based on the conditions specified in those records. You can
create Conditional Alerts records for any reason and at any time.

For example, suppose you configure a query that returns a list of all Inspection
Task records that contain a Next Date that falls within the next month. You
might want to send an email message to the users who are responsible for
performing those inspections to remind them that the inspections are due. To
do so, you would need to:

1. Create and save the query.

2. Create a Conditional Alerts record that points to the saved query and is
assigned to the responsible users.

3. Execute the strategy rule MI_ProcessConditionalAlerts, which will find

the Conditional Alerts record and send an email message to the users
that are specified in the Conditional Alerts record.

Creating a Conditional Alerts Record

To create a new Conditional Alerts record:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Administration

page.

114 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. Click the Manage Inspection Alerts link.

The Inspection Alerts page appears. If any Conditional Alerts records

contain the value Inspection in the Alert Source field, they will appear
on this page. Otherwise, you will see a message indicating that no
Conditional Alerts records were found.

3. On the Alert Tasks menu, click the New Alert link.

The Record Manager appears, displaying the Conditional Alert datasheet.

4. Complete the datasheet as desired.

5. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

Note: An email message containing the results of the specified query

will not be sent until you execute the MI_ProcessConditionalAlerts
strategy rule.

Modifying a Conditional Alerts Record

To modify a Conditional Alerts record:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Inspection Administration

page.

2. Click the Manage Inspection Alerts link.

The Inspection Alerts page appears. If any Conditional Alerts records

contain the value Inspection in the Alert Source field, they will appear
on this page.

3. In the row containing the Conditional Alerts record that you want to
modify, click the Open Alert Definition link.

The Conditional Alerts record appears in the Record Manager.

4. Modify the record as desired, and then on the Common Tasks menu,
click Save link to save your changes.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 115

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Managing Work Packs

Manage Work Packs Page

Accessing the Manage Work Packs Page

You can access the Manage Work Packs page to view and manage all of the
Work Pack records that exist in the database.

To access the Manage Work Packs page:

 In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Inspection Start Page, click the
Manage Work Packs link.

The Manage Work Packs page appears.

Aspects of the Manage Work Packs Page

You can use the Manage Work Packs page to view and manage all of the Work
Pack records that exist in the database.

116 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Manage Work Packs page contains the following items:

 Manage Work Packs workspace: Contains a grid that displays all of the
Work Pack records that exist in the database.

 Common Tasks menu: Contains links that let you perform actions
related to Work Pack records.

Common Tasks Menu

The Common Tasks menu on the Manage Work Packs page contains the
following links:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 117

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 New Work Pack: Displays the Inspection Work Pack page, where you
can create a new Work Pack record.

 Open: Opens the selected Work Pack record on the Inspection Work
Pack page.

 Delete: After asking for confirmation, deletes the selected Work Pack
record.

 Print: Displays the Preview window, which shows you a preview of the
Manage Work Packs page as it will appear on the printed page.

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Manage Work
Packs page.

Creating a Work Pack Hierarchy

Depending upon the number of levels that you want to create in your Work
Pack hierarchy, you will use one of two pages:

 Manage Work Packs: You can use this page to create a new Work Pack
record that will appear at the root level in your Work Pack hierarchy.

 Inspection Work Pack: You can use this page to:

 Create a new Work Pack record that will appear below the root
level in your Work Pack hierarchy.

 Link a Work Pack record in your hierarchy to an existing Work

Pack record.

Creating a Work Pack Record Using the Manage Work Packs Page

You can use the Manage Work Packs page to create a Work Pack record that
will appear at the root level in your Work Pack hierarchy. You must use the
Inspection Work Pack page to create a Work Pack record that will appear
below the root level in your Work Pack hierarchy.

118 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

To create a Work Pack record that will appear at the root level in your Work
Pack hierarchy:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Manage Work Packs page.

2. On the Common Tasks menu, click the New Work Pack link.

The Inspection Work Pack page is displayed.

A blank Work Pack datasheet is displayed in the datasheet area, and a

blank Work Pack node is displayed at the root level in the Work Pack
Explorer pane.

3. On the Work Pack datasheet, specify values in the Work Pack record.

4. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 119

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The Work Pack record is saved. You can now:

 Link it to an existing Inspection Task record.

 Link it to an existing Work Pack record to build a Work Pack

hierarchy.

 Create additional Work Pack records to build a Work Pack

hierarchy.

Opening an Existing Work Pack

To open an existing Work Pack:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Manage Work Packs page.

2. In the grid in the Manage Work Packs workspace, select the row
containing the Work Pack record that you want to open.

In the following image, the row containing the Work Pack record with
Work Pack ID System A is selected is selected in the grid.

3. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Open link.

120 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Inspection Work Pack page appears for the selected Work Pack
record.

Inspection Work Pack Page

Accessing the Inspection Work Pack Page

You can use the Inspection Work Pack page to view an existing Work Pack
record, create Work Pack records in your Work Pack hierarchy, and perform
other tasks to manage your Work Packs. The Work Pack record for which you
access the Inspection Work Pack page will appear at the root level in the Work
Pack Explorer.

To access the Inspection Work Pack page:

 On the Manage Work Packs page, in the grid in the Manage Work Packs
workspace, in the Work Pack ID column, click the hyperlink for the Work
Pack record that you want to work with on the Inspection Work Pack
page.

The Inspection Work Pack page appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 121

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Aspects of the Inspection Work Pack Page

The Inspection Work Pack - <Work Pack ID> page, where <Work Pack ID> is
the Work Pack ID in the Work Pack record for which you accessed the page,
displays the details of the Work Pack record and its associated Inspection Task
and Inspection records. Throughout this documentation, we refer to the
Inspection Work Pack - <Work Pack ID> page as the Inspection Work Pack
page.

122 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Inspection Work Pack page contains the following items:

 Work Pack Explorer pane: Displays a hierarchy of Work Pack records

and the Inspection Task and Inspection records to which they are linked.

 Datasheet Area: Displays the datasheet for the record that is selected
in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

 Task menu pane: Contains menus that provide access to functions that
allow you to manage Work Packs. The following menus are available:

 Work Pack Tasks

 Inspection Tasks

 Navigation Tasks

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 123

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Common Tasks

 Associated Pages

Work Pack Explorer Pane

The Work Pack Explorer pane on the Inspection Work Pack page displays a
hierarchical view of Work Pack records and the Inspection Task and Inspection
records to which they are linked. When you select a node in the Work Pack
Explorer pane, the datasheet for the corresponding record is displayed in the
datasheet area to the right of the Work Pack Explorer pane. The following
types of nodes are displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane. The names of
the nodes correspond with the records that the nodes represent.

 Work Pack: Displayed at the root level, and up to two levels below the
root level, in the hierarchy. Depending upon what you will inspect and
the type of inspections work that you will perform, the number of Work
Pack nodes displayed and the level in your location hierarchy that they
represent will vary.

 Inspection: Displayed below the lowest-level Work Pack node.

Inspection Task nodes are also displayed at this level.

 Inspection Task: Displayed below the lowest-level Work Pack node.

Inspection nodes are also displayed at this level.

The following image shows an example of the Work Pack Explorer pane.

The following table lists the types of nodes displayed in the image shown
above, and the Record IDs of the records that they represent.

124 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Node type Corresponding Record ID

Work Pack System A

Work Pack Process Location 1
Work Pack Equipment A
Work Pack Process Location 2
Work Pack Equipment B
Inspection ET-2
Task
Inspection INSP-15

Datasheet Area

The datasheet area on the Inspection Work Pack page displays the datasheet
for the record that is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

In the following image, the Inspection Task datasheet for the Inspection Task
record API510-E-Inspection Task is displayed in the datasheet area.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 125

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Above the datasheet, the following buttons are displayed.

Button Button functionality

image
Saves any changes that you have made on the Inspection Work
Pack page.

After asking for confirmation, deletes the currently selected record.

Displays the Select Report to Print dialog box where you can
choose the report that you want to generate.

Displays the Reference Documents window, where you can

manage Reference Document records for the currently selected
record.

126 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Button Button functionality

image
Displays the Field Change History dialog box if revision history
exists for any fields in the currently selected record.

Work Pack Tasks

The Work Pack Tasks menu on the Inspection Work Pack page contains the
following links:

 Create Sub-Work Pack: Displays a blank Work Pack datasheet in a new

window, which you can use create a Work Pack record that will be
displayed one level below the Work Pack record that is selected in the
Work Pack Explorer pane. This link is enabled only when the selected
Work Pack record is displayed at the root level or one level below the
root level.

 Link to Existing Work Pack: Displays the Link Existing Work Pack
window, which you can use to search for Work Pack records to link to
the Work Pack record that is currently selected in the Work Pack
Explorer pane. This link is enabled only when the selected Work Pack
record is:

 Displayed at the root level or one level below the root level.

-and-

 Not already linked to a Work Pack record.

 Unlink Sub-Work Pack: After displaying a confirmation message,

removes the link between the selected Work Pack record and all Work
Pack records displayed above it in the Work Pack Explorer pane. This
link is enabled only when one or more levels of Work Pack records are
displayed above the Work Pack record that is selected in the Work Pack
Explorer pane.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 127

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Inspection Tasks

The Inspection Tasks menu on the Inspection Work Pack page contains the
following links:

 Link to Existing Tasks: Displays the Inspection Task Search Options

dialog box, where you can search for an existing Inspection Task record
to link to the Work Pack record. This link is enabled only when a Work
Pack record is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

 Unlink Task: After displaying a confirmation message, removes the link

between the selected Inspection Task record and the Work Pack record
to which it is linked. This link is enabled only when an Inspection Task
record is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

 Generate All Inspection Documents: After displaying a confirmation

message, creates Inspection records from all Inspection Task records
that are displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane. This link is enabled
only if a Work Pack record is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane,
and that Work Pack record is linked to one or more Inspection Task
records.

 Generate Inspection Document: After displaying a confirmation

message, creates an Inspection record from the Inspection Task record
that is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane. This link is enabled
only when an Inspection Task record is selected in the Work Pack
Explorer pane.

 Unlink Inspection Document: After displaying a confirmation message,

removes the link between the selected Inspection record and the Work
Pack record to which it is linked. This link is enabled only when an
Inspection record is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

128 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Navigation Tasks

The Navigation Tasks menu on the Inspection Work Pack page contains the
following links:

 Parent Work Pack: Displays the Inspection Work Pack page for the
Work Pack record that appears one level above the current Work Pack
record in your Work Pack hierarchy. This link is enabled only when you
are viewing the Inspection Work Pack page for a Work Pack record that
exists at the second or third level in your Work Pack hierarchy.

 Inspection Explorer: Opens the selected Inspection record in the Record

Manager. This link is enabled only when an Inspection record is selected
in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Note: When you view an Inspection record in Record Manager, the

content of the record hierarchy will differ from what is displayed on the
Inspection Work Pack page because the content is controlled by the
configured explorer that is defined for the Inspection family (e.g., Full
Inspection).

 Inspection Scope: Displays the Inspection Scope page, which displays

the Inspection Scope that includes the selected Inspection Task record.
This link is enabled only when an Inspection Task record is selected in
the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 129

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Work Pack page contains the
following links:

 New Work Pack: Displays a blank Work Pack datasheet in the datasheet
area, and a blank root level Work Pack node in the Work Pack Explorer
pane on the Inspection Work Pack page.

 Save: Saves any changes that you have made on the Inspection Work
Pack page.

 Delete: After asking for confirmation, deletes the selected record.

 Print: Displays the Select Report to Print dialog box, where you can
choose the report that you want to generate.

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection Work
Pack page.

Associated Pages

The Associated Pages menu on the Inspection Work Pack page displays
Associated Pages that have been configured for the family of the record that is
selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

130 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Creating a Work Pack Record Using the Inspection Work Pack Page

A Work Pack record is one of three records used to define the inspection work
that needs to be completed for equipment and/or locations. You can use the
Inspection Work Pack page to create a Work Pack record below the root level
in your Work Pack hierarchy. You must use the Manage Work Packs page to
create a root level Work Pack record in your Work Pack hierarchy.

To create a Work Pack record below the root level in your Work Pack
hierarchy:

1. On the Inspection Work Pack page, in the Work Pack Explorer pane,
select the Work Pack record for which you want to create a second or
third level Work Pack record. In the following image, the Work Pack
record Process Location 1 is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

2. On the Work Pack Tasks menu, click the Create Sub-Work Pack link.

A blank Work Pack datasheet is displayed in a new window.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 131

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. On the Work Pack datasheet, specify values in the Work Pack record.

4. Click OK.

The window closes, and the Inspection Work Pack page returns to
focus.

132 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

A new Work Pack record is created, and a new Work Pack node is
displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane. In the preceding image, the
node for the new Work Pack record Equipment A is selected in the Work
Pack Explorer pane, and the details of the Work Pack record are
displayed in the datasheet area.

Linking a Work Pack Record to an Existing Work Pack Record

You can create levels in your Work Pack hierarchy below the root level by
linking a Work Pack record in your hierarchy to an existing Work Pack record.
The following instructions assume that you are viewing the Inspection Work
Pack page for the Work Pack record that you want to link to an existing Work
Pack record.

To link a Work Pack record to an existing Work Pack record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Work Pack record to which
you want to link an existing Work Pack record. In the following image,
the Work Pack record Process Location 2 is selected in the Work Pack
Explorer pane.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 133

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. On the Inspection Tasks menu, click the Link to Existing Work Pack
link.

The Link Existing Work Pack window is displayed.

Work Pack is selected in the Search In list. You cannot modify this
selection.

3. Perform a search, and in the search results, select the row containing
the Work Pack record that you want to link to the currently selected
Work Pack record. In the following image, the row containing the Work
Pack record Equipment B is selected in the search results.

134 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

4. Click the Link Selected button.

The Link Existing Work Pack window closes, and the Inspection Work
Pack page returns to focus.

A new node is displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane for the Work
Pack record that you selected on the Link Existing Work Pack window.
In the preceding image, the node representing the Work Pack record
Equipment B is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane, and the
datasheet for the record is displayed in the datasheet area.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 135

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Linking Inspection Task Records to Work Pack Records

About Linking Inspection Task Records to Work Pack Records

Inspection Task records store information about the work that you need to
perform for equipment and/or locations. You should link Inspection Task
records directly to the Work Pack records that represent the level in the
location hierarchy at which you will perform inspections. An Inspection Task
record can be linked to only one Work Pack record at a time. You can search
for existing Inspection Task records to link to a Work Pack records using:

 A search

-or-

 A query

Linking Inspection Task Records to Work Pack Records Using a Search

You can use a search to find existing Inspection Task records that you want to
link to a Work Pack record. The following instructions assume that you are
viewing the Inspection Work Pack page for the Work Pack record to which you
want to link an Inspection Task record.

To use a search to find an existing Inspection Task record and link it to a

Work Pack record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Work Pack record to which
you want to link an Inspection Task record.

In the following image, the Work Pack record Process Location 2 is

selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

2. On the Inspection Tasks menu, click the Link to Existing Tasks link.

The Inspection Task Search Options dialog box appears.

136 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Search option is selected by default.

3. Accept the default selection, and click OK.

The Link Existing Inspection Task window appears.

The value in the Search In list is Inspection Task. You cannot modify this
selection.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 137

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

4. If desired, define additional search criteria.

5. Click the Find Now button.

The search results appear.

6. In the search results, select the rows containing the Inspection Task
records that you want to link to the selected Work Pack record. In the
preceding image, the row containing the Inspection Task record with
Record ID API510-E-Inspection Task is selected in the search results.

7. Click the Link Selected button.

The Link Existing Inspection Task window closes, and the Inspection
Work Pack page returns to focus.

138 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Inspection Task record that you selected is linked inked to the
selected Work Pack record, and a new Inspection Task node is displayed
in the Work Pack Explorer pane. In the preceding image, the Inspection
Task node for the Inspection Task record API510-E-Inspection Task is
selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Linking Inspection Task Records to Work Pack Records Using a Query

You can use a query to search for existing Inspection Task records that you
want to link to Work Pack record. The following instructions assume that you
are viewing the Inspection Work Pack page for the Work Pack record to which
you want to link an Inspection Task record.

To use a query to search for an existing Inspection Task record and link it to
a Work Pack record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Work Pack record to which
you want to link an Inspection Task record.

In the following image, the Work Pack record Process Location 2 is

selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 139

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. On the Inspection Tasks menu, click the Link to Existing Tasks link.

The Inspection Task Search Options dialog box appears.

The Search option is selected by default.

3. Select the Existing Query option, and click OK.

The Select Inspection Task Using Stored Query window appears.

140 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

4. Below the Path to query text box, click the Browse for query link.

The Save As dialog box appears.

5. Navigate to the Catalog location containing the query that you want to
use, select the query, and click the Open button.

The Path to query text box is populated with the Catalog location of the
query that you selected, and the results of the query are populated in
the grid. In the following image, the Path to query text box is
populated with the Catalog location
Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Task Queries\Bob's Inspection
Tasks, and the results of this query are displayed in the grid.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 141

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

6. In the grid containing the query results, select the rows containing the
Inspection Task records that you want to link to the Work Pack record,
and click OK.

The Select Inspection Task Using Stored Query window closes and the
Inspection Work Pack page returns to focus.

142 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Inspection Task record that you selected is linked inked to the
selected Work Pack record, and a new Inspection Task node is displayed
in the Work Pack Explorer pane. In the preceding image, the Inspection
Task node for the Inspection Task record API510-E-Inspection Task is
selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Removing the Link Between an Inspection Task Record and a Work Pack Record

The following instructions assume that you are viewing the Inspection Work
Pack page for the Work Pack record whose link to an Inspection Task record
you want to remove.

To remove the link between an Inspection Task record and a Work Pack
record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Inspection Task record
whose link to a Work Pack record you want to remove. In the following
image, the Inspection Task record API510-3-Inspection Task is selected in
the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 143

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. On the Inspection Tasks menu, click the Unlink Task link.

A confirmation message appears, asking if you are sure that you want to
remove the link between the records.

3. Click the Yes button.

The link between the Inspection Task record and the Work Pack record
is removed, and the associated Inspection Task node is no longer
displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Generating a Report Containing Inspection Task Details

You can generate a report that summarizes the details of all Inspection Task
records that are linked to a given Work Pack record for distribution to the
appropriate resources to estimate the cost of performing the inspection work.

The following instructions assume that:

 The report Workpack Inspection Scope Summary Report has been

associated with the Work Pack family via the Configuration Manager.

144 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 You are viewing the Inspection Work Pack page for the Work Pack
record for whose associated Inspection Tasks you want to generate a
report.

To generate a report containing details about the Inspection Task records

that are linked to a Work Pack record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Work Pack record for whose
associated Inspection Tasks you want to generate a report. In the
following image, the Work Pack record Process Location 2 is selected in
the Work Pack Explorer pane.

2. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Print link.

The Select Report to Print dialog box appears.

The Print a report option is selected by default.

3. In the Print a report list, select Workpack Inspection Scope Summary

Report, and click OK.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 145

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The report appears on the Report Viewer page.

You can print the report and distribute it to the appropriate resources so
that they can estimate the cost of performing the work associated with
the Inspection Tasks.

Generating Inspection Records from Inspection Task Records

About Generating Inspection Records from Inspection Task Records

After the cost of the work associated with all Inspection Task records for a
given Work Pack record has been estimated, you can determine which
inspections you will perform and which you will not. Then, you can create
Inspection records to represent the work that you will perform.

For example, suppose a Work Pack includes tasks to inspect all pieces of
equipment in a particular system. If you receive an estimate from an inspector
that exceeds your budget, you might need to trim the inspection work and
inspect only the pieces of equipment whose previous inspections revealed
defects.

On the Inspection Work Pack page, you can generate Inspection records for
the from Inspection Task records by:

146 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

 Generating an Inspection record from a single Inspection Task record.

 Generating Inspection records from all Inspection Task records that are
linked to the Work Pack record.

Generating an Inspection Record from a Single Inspection Task Record

The following instructions assume that you want to generate an Inspection

record from a single Inspection Task record that is linked to a Work Pack record
for which you are viewing the Inspection Work Pack page. You can also
generate Inspection records from all the Inspection Task records that are linked
to a Work Pack record.

To generate an Inspection record from a single Inspection Task record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Inspection Task record from
which you want to generate an Inspection record. In the following
image, the Inspection Task record INSPTSK-D0003-097-1 is selected in
the Work Pack Explorer pane.

2. On the Work Pack Tasks menu, click the Generate Inspection

Document link.

The Event Builder appears. Depending upon whether or not the selected
Inspection Task record contains a value in the Inspection Document type
field, one of the following screens is displayed:

 If the Inspection Task record contains a value in the Inspection

Document Type field, the Event Record screen is displayed. The
Event Record screen displays datasheet for the new Inspection
record. The following image shows an example of what the Event

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 147

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Record screen looks like. In this case, skip to step 5 of these

instructions.

 If the Inspection Task record does not contain a value in the

Inspection Document Type field, the Event Record screen is
displayed. The following image shows an example of what the
Event screen looks like. In this case, proceed with step 3 of these
instructions.

148 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

3. In the Event Families list, select the family to which the new Inspection
record should belong.

4. Click the Next button.

The Event Record screen appears, displaying the datasheet for the new
Inspection record.

5. On the datasheet, specify values in the Inspection record.

6. Click the Finish button.

The Event Builder closes, and the Inspection Work Pack page returns to
focus.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 149

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

An Inspection record is created and linked to the selected Work Pack

record. The link between the Work Pack record and the Inspection Task
record from which the Inspection record was created is removed. A new
Inspection node is displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane, and the
Inspection Task node that represented the Inspection Task record that
was used to create the Inspection record is no longer displayed in the
Work Pack Explorer pane.

Generating Inspection Records from All Inspection Task Records

Before you can generate Inspection records from all Inspection Task records
that are linked to a Work Pack record, those Inspection Task records must
contain a value in the Inspection Document Type field. The value in this field
will be used to create the corresponding Inspection record in the appropriate
family.

The following instructions assume that you want to generate Inspection records
from ALL Inspection Task records that are linked to a Work Pack record for
which you are viewing the Inspection Work Pack page. You can also generate
an Inspection record from a single Inspection Task record that is linked to a
Work Pack record.

150 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

To generate Inspection records from ALL Inspection Task records that are
linked to a Work Pack record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Work Pack record from
whose associated Inspection Task records you want to generate
Inspection records. In the following image, the Work Pack record
Equipment B is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

2. On the Inspection Tasks menu, click the Generate All Inspection

Documents link.

A confirmation message appears, asking if you are sure that you want to
generate the Inspection records.

3. Click the Yes button.

The Generate Inspection Documents window appears, displaying the

status of the process.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 151

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

4. When the process is complete, click the Close button.

The Generate Inspection Documents window closes and the Inspection

Work Pack Page returns to focus.

152 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Inspection records are created and linked to the selected Work Pack
record. The links between the Work Pack record and the Inspection Task
records from which the Inspection records were created are removed.
New Inspection nodes are displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane,
and the Inspection Task nodes that represented the Inspection Task
records that were used to create the Inspection records are no longer
displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Generating a Report that Includes a List of General Finding Records

For each Inspection record that is created from an Inspection Task record, the
Meridium APM system will also create a General Finding record based on the
Inspection Profile and Inspection Method records that are included in the
Inspection Scope containing that Inspection Task record. You can generate a
report that include a list of these General Finding records, and distribute it to
the individuals responsible for performing the inspections so they can record
their findings on the printed report.

The following instructions assume that:

 The report Workpack Inspection Findings Summary Report is associated

with the Work Pack family via the Configuration Manager.

 You are viewing the Inspection Work Pack page for the Work Pack
record for whose associated General Findings records you want to generate
a report.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 153

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

To generate a report that contains a list of General Finding records:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Work Pack record for whose
associated General Findings records you want to generate a report.

2. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Print link.

The Select Report to Print dialog box appears.

The Print a report option is selected by default.

3. In the Print a report list, select Workpack Inspection Findings Summary

Report, and click OK.

The report appears on the Report Viewer page.

154 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

You can print the report and distribute it to the appropriate resources to
record their findings on the printed report.

Removing the Link Between an Inspection Record and a Work Pack Record

The following instructions assume that you are viewing the Inspection Work
Pack page for the Work Pack record whose link to an Inspection record you
want to remove.

To remove the link between an Inspection record and a Work Pack record:

1. In the Work Pack Explorer pane, select the Inspection record whose link
to a Work Pack record you want to remove. In the following image, the
Inspection record INSP-17 is selected in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 155

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. On the Inspection Tasks menu, click the Unlink Inspection Document

link.

A confirmation message appears, asking if you are sure that you want to
remove the link between the records.

3. Click the Yes button.

The link between the Inspection record and the Work Pack record is
removed, and the node for the associated Inspection record is no longer
displayed in the Work Pack Explorer pane.

Deleting a Work Pack Record

The following instructions explain how to delete a Work Pack record from the
Manage Work Packs page or the Inspection Work Pack page.

To delete a Work Pack record:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Manage Work Packs page
or the Inspection Work Pack page.

2. On the Manage Work Packs page, in the list of Work Pack records,
select the row containing the record that you want to delete.

-or-

On the Inspection Work Pack page, in the Work Pack Explorer pane,
select the Work Pack record that you want to delete.

3. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Delete link.

156 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

A confirmation message appears, asking if you are sure that you want to
delete the Work Pack record.

4. Click the Yes button.

The Work Pack record is deleted.

Defining Time-Based Inspection Settings

About Time-Based Inspection Settings

Time-based inspection settings specify the intervals at which inspections

should occur for various pieces of equipment. Time-based inspection settings
are used in one of the following ways, depending upon whether or not the Risk
Based Inspection (RBI) license is active in conjunction with the Inspection
Management license. When the RBI license is:

 Active, the inspection intervals associated with the time-based

inspection settings will be considered by the Meridium APM System when
populating the Desired Interval field in Inspection Task records created
in RBI.

 Not active, the inspection intervals associated with the time-based

inspection settings will be used to determine the value that is populated
in the Desired Interval field in Inspection Task records created in
Inspection.

Note: The Meridium APM Inspection Best Practice assumes that the RBI license
is active and that you will create Inspection Task records for the equipment
that you analyze in RBI and Inspection via the RBI module.

A time-based inspection setting consists of the following records:

 One Time Based Inspection Setting record that identifies the family or
record for which you will define inspection intervals.

 One or more Time Based Inspection Interval records that identify the
various inspection intervals that should be used when inspecting the
equipment identified by the Time Based Inspection Setting record. The
number of Time Based Inspection Interval records that are created will
vary, depending on the number of inspection intervals that you define.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 157

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

You can define time-based inspection settings at the following levels:

 Unit: Settings defined at this level are applied to all Equipment records
that are linked to a particular Functional Location record representing a
Unit.

For example, consider Unit A, a Functional Location record that

represents a Unit that is linked to the following Equipment records:

 Equipment 1

 Equipment 2

The time-based inspection settings that you define for Unit A will be
applied to Equipment 1 and Equipment 2. In other words, when an
Inspection Task record that is linked to Equipment 1 or Equipment 2 has
a Task Type value that corresponds with a time-based inspection setting
that you defined for Unit A, that setting will be used to populate values
in the Inspection Task record that is linked to Equipment 1 and
Equipment 2.

 Criticality Calculator RBI Components family: Settings defined at this

level are applied to all Equipment records that are linked to a particular
type of Criticality Calculator RBI Components record, regardless of the
Unit in which they reside.

For example, suppose that you defined time-based inspection settings

for the Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Bundle family. Now,
consider that the Functional Location and Equipment records listed in
the following table are linked to the following Criticality Calculator RBI
Components records.

The Functional ...is linked to ...that is linked to these types of

Location record the Equipment Criticality Calculator RBI
that represents: record: Components records:

Unit A Equipment 1 Criticality RBI Component -

Exchanger Bundle
Criticality RBI Component -
Exchanger Header

158 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

The Functional ...is linked to ...that is linked to these types of

Location record the Equipment Criticality Calculator RBI
that represents: record: Components records:

Unit A Equipment 2 Criticality RBI Component - Piping

Unit B Equipment 3 Criticality RBI Component -

Exchanger Bundle
Criticality RBI Component - Piping

The time-based inspection settings that you defined for the Criticality RBI
Component - Exchanger Bundle family will be applied to Equipment 1 and
Equipment 3. In other words, when an Inspection Task record that is
linked to Equipment 1 or Equipment 3 has a Task Type value that
corresponds with a time-based inspection setting that you defined for the
Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Bundle family, that setting will be
used to populate values in the Inspection Task record that is linked to
Equipment 1 and Equipment 3.

 Unit and Criticality Calculator RBI Components family: Settings defined

at this level are applied to all Equipment records that reside in a
particular Unit and that are linked to a particular type of Criticality
Calculator RBI Components record.

For example, using the same data shown in the preceding table, the
time-based inspection settings that you define for the Functional
Location record Unit A and the Criticality RBI Component - Piping family
will be applied to Equipment 2 because Equipment 2 is linked to both
Unit A and a record in the Criticality RBI Component - Piping family. In
other words, when an Inspection Task record that is linked to Equipment
2 has a Task Type value that corresponds with a time-based inspection
setting that you defined for Unit A and the Criticality RBI Component -
Piping family, that setting will be used to populate values in the
Inspection Task record that is linked to Equipment 2.

 Equipment: Settings defined at this level are applied to a single

Equipment record.

For example, if you defined time-based inspection settings for

Equipment 1, the settings will be applied to that record only. In other
words, when an Inspection Task record that is linked to Equipment 1 has
a Task Type value that corresponds with a time-based inspection setting

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 159

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

that you defined for Equipment 1, that setting will be used to populate
values in the Inspection Task record that is linked to Equipment 1.

About Inspection Intervals

An inspection interval identifies the interval of time at which inspections

should occur on equipment in your facility. Various factors will impact the
inspection intervals that you will define at various levels in your location
hierarchy.

For example, jurisdictional regulations might dictate that a particular

inspection must be conducted on a particular piece of equipment every two
months. Your organizational policy, however, might dictate that this particular
inspection must be conducted on a particular piece of equipment every 30
days. In this case, you would define an inspection interval of 30 days.

An inspection interval is stored in the Interval field in a Time Based Inspection

Interval record, and this value is considered by the Meridium APM system when
populating the value in the Desired Interval field in Inspection Task records.

Default inspection intervals are represented by the time-based inspection

settings that you define via the Time-Based Inspection Settings page.

Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Unit Level

When you create time-based inspection settings at the Unit level, you are
defining the frequency at which certain inspections will be performed on a
piece of equipment that resides in a given Unit.

You can also modify existing time-based inspection settings.

To create time-based inspection settings at the Unit level:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Time-Based Inspection

Settings page.

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page appears. The

Unit/Component Family Settings tab is selected by default in the
Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace. A red outline has
been added to the following image to highlight this tab.

160 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Add Setting link.

A new row is added to the grid that is displayed on the Unit/Component

Family Settings tab.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 161

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the Unit cell, select the Unit for which you want to create time-based
inspection settings. For example, in the following image, the Unit MRD-
ROA-REFN-RF097-ZL0003-097 is selected in the list.

4. In the Task Types pane, in the row for each task type for which you
want to specify an inspection interval, type an inspection interval in the
Interval (Months) cell. For example, in the following image, an interval
of 12 months has been defined for the Task Type External inspection as
defined in API 510 associated with the Unit MRD-ROA-REFN-RF097-
ZL0003-097.

162 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

5. In the Description cell in the row for each task type for which you have
specified an inspection interval, type a description if you want to add
comments.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each Unit for which you want to define
time-based inspection settings.

7. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Saving Settings dialog box is displayed, indicating the progress of

the save operation. The dialog box closes automatically, and the
following records are created and saved to the database:

 One Time Based Inspection Setting record for each Unit defined in
the grid on the Unit/Component Family Settings tab.

 One Time Based Inspection Interval record for each inspection

interval defined in the grid in the Task Types pane.

Continuing with the example used in these instructions, the records in

the families listed in the following table would be created.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 163

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Family Record ID

Time Based Inspection MRD-ROA-REFN-RF097-ZL0003-097 - <Select A

Setting Component Family> -
Time Based Inspection External inspection as defined in API 510 - 12
Interval

Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Criticality Calculator RBI Components

Family Level

When you create time-based inspection settings at the Criticality Calculator RBI
Components family level, you are defining the frequency at which certain
inspections will be performed on a piece of equipment that is associated with
certain RBI Components (i.e., linked to a record in a particular Criticality
Calculator RBI Components family).

You can also modify existing time-based inspection settings.

To create time-based inspection settings at the Criticality Calculator RBI

Components family level:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Time-Based Inspection

Settings page.

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page appears. The

Unit/Component Family Settings tab is selected by default in the
Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace. A red outline has
been added to the following image to highlight this tab.

164 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Add Setting link.

A new row is added to the grid that is displayed on the Unit/Component

Family Settings tab.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 165

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the Component Family cell, select in the list the family for which you
want to create time-based inspection settings. For example, in the
following image, the Criticality RBI Component - Piping family has been
selected in the list in the Component Family cell.

4. In the Task Types pane, in the row for each task type for which you
want to specify an inspection interval, type an inspection interval in the
Interval (Months) cell. For example, in the following image, an interval
of 12 months has been defined for the Task Type External inspection as
defined in API 510 associated with the Criticality RBI Component - Piping
family.

166 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

5. In the Description cell in the row for each task type for which you have
specified an inspection interval, type a description if you want to add
comments.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each Criticality Calculator RBI Components

family for which you want to define time-based inspection settings.

7. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Saving Settings dialog box is displayed, indicating the progress of

the save operation. The dialog box closes automatically, and the
following records are created and saved to the database:

 One Time Based Inspection Setting record for each Criticality

Calculator RBI Components family defined in the grid on the
Unit/Component Family Settings tab.

 One Time Based Inspection Interval record for each inspection

interval defined in the grid in the Task Types pane.

Continuing with the example used in these instructions, the records in

the families listed in the following table would be created.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 167

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Family Record ID

Time Based Inspection <Unit Undefined> - Criticality RBI Component -

Setting Piping -
Time Based Inspection External inspection as defined in API 510 - 12
Interval

Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Unit and Criticality Calculator RBI
Components Family Level

When you create time-based inspection settings at the Unit and Criticality
Calculator RBI Components family level, you are defining the frequency at
which certain inspections will be performed on a piece of equipment that
resides in a given Unit and is associated with certain RBI Components.

You can also modify existing time-based inspection settings.

To create time-based inspection settings at the Unit and Criticality

Calculator RBI Components family level:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Time-Based Inspection

Settings page.

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page appears. The

Unit/Component Family Settings tab is selected by default in the
Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace. A red outline has
been added to the following image to highlight this tab.

168 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Add Setting link.

A new row is added to the grid that is displayed on the Unit/Component

Family Settings tab.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 169

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the Unit and Component Family cells, select the Unit and Criticality
Calculator RBI Components family for which you want to create time-
based inspection settings. For example, in the following image, the Unit
MRD-ROA-REFN-RF097-ZL0003-097 has been selected in the Unit cell,
and the Criticality RBI Component - Piping family has been selected in
the Component Family cell.

4. In the Task Types pane, in the row for each task type for which you
want to specify an inspection interval, type an inspection interval in the
Interval (Months) cell. For example, in the following image, an interval
of 12 months has been defined for the Task Type External inspection as
defined in API 510 associated with the Unit MRD-ROA-REFN-RF097-
ZL0003-097 and the Criticality RBI Component - Piping family.

170 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

5. In the Description cell in the row for each task type for which you have
specified an inspection interval, type a description if you want to add
comments.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each Unit and Criticality Calculator RBI
Components family for which you want to define time-based inspection
settings.

7. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Saving Settings dialog box is displayed, indicating the progress of

the save operation. The dialog box closes automatically, and the
following records are created and saved to the database:

 One Time Based Inspection Setting record for each Unit and
Criticality Calculator RBI Components family defined in the grid
on the Unit/Component Family Settings tab.

 One Time Based Inspection Interval record for each inspection

interval defined in the grid in the Task Types pane.

Continuing with the example used in these instructions, the records in

the families listed in the following table would be created.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 171

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Family Record ID

Time Based Inspection MRD-ROA-REFN-RF097-ZL0003-097 - Criticality

Setting RBI Component - Piping -
Time Based Inspection External inspection as defined in API 510 - 12
Interval

Creating Time-Based Inspection Settings at the Equipment Level

When you create time-based inspection settings at the equipment level, you
are defining the frequency at which certain inspection tasks will be performed
on a particular piece of equipment. You can also modify existing time-based
inspection settings at the equipment level.

To create time-based inspection settings at the equipment level:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Time-Based Inspection

Settings page.

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page appears. The

Unit/Component Family Settings tab is selected by default in the
Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace. A red outline has
been added to the following image to highlight this tab.

172 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. In the Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace, select the

Equipment Settings tab. A red outline has been added to the following
image to highlight this tab.

3. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Add Setting link.

The Find Items window appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 173

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Equipment is selected in the Search In list by default. You can modify

this selection.

4. Click the Find Now button.

In the search results, one row is displayed in the grid for each
Equipment record in your database.

174 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

5. Select the rows containing the Equipment records for which you want to
create time-based inspection settings, and click the Select button. For
example, in the following image, the Equipment records with the Record
IDs ~ PURGE GAS EXCHANGER ~ HXST 102 and ~ PURGE GAS EXCHANGER
~ HXST 62 are selected.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 175

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The Find Items window closes, and the Time-Based Inspection Settings
page returns to focus. One row is added to the grid displayed on the
Equipment Settings tab for each Equipment record that you selected.

176 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

6. On the Equipment Settings tab, select the row(s) in the grid associated
with the Equipment record for which you want to define settings. For
example, in the following image, the rows associated with Equipment
records HSXT 102 and HXST 62 are selected on the Equipment Settings
tab.

7. In the Task Types pane, in the row for each task type for which you
want to specify an inspection interval, type an inspection interval in the
Interval (Months) cell. For example, in the following image, an interval
of 12 months has been defined for the Task Type Corrosion Under-
Insulation inspection for the Equipment records HXST 102 and HXST 62.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 177

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

8. In the Description cell in the row for each task type for which you have
specified an inspection interval, type a description if you want to add
comments.

9. Repeat steps 6 through 8 for each Equipment record for which you want
to define time-based inspection settings.

10. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Saving Settings dialog box is displayed, indicating the progress of

the save operation. The dialog box closes automatically, and the
following records are created and saved to the database:

 One Time Based Inspection Setting record for each Equipment

record defined in the grid on the Equipment Settings tab.

 One Time Based Inspection Interval record for each inspection

interval defined in the grid in the Task Types pane.

Continuing with the example used in these instructions, the records

listed in the following table would be created.

178 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

Family Record ID

Time Based Inspection - - HXST 102

Setting - - HXST 62
Time Based Inspection Corrosion Under-Insulation inspection - 12
Interval Corrosion Under-Insulation inspection - 12

Modifying Existing Time-Based Inspection Settings

About Modifying Existing Time-Based Inspection Settings

You can modify the:

 Level at which an existing time-based inspection setting is defined.

-or-

 Inspection interval defined for an existing time-based inspection setting.

Modifying the Level at Which Existing Time-Based Inspection Settings are Defined

You can modify the level at which a time-based inspection setting is defined
when the time-based inspection setting is defined at any of the following
levels:

 Unit

 Criticality Calculator RBI Components family

 Unit and Criticality Calculator RBI Components family

For example, suppose that you have defined time-based inspection settings for
Unit A and the Criticality RBI Component - Exchanger Bundle family, but your
facility recently moved the equipment associated with the Criticality RBI
Component - Exchanger Bundle family to Unit B. In this case, you might want to
change the level with which these time-based inspection settings are
associated to account for this change in location.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 179

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

To modify the level at which existing time-based inspection settings are

defined:

1. Access the Time-Based Inspection Settings page.

In the Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace, the

Unit/Component Family Settings tab is selected by default, as shown in
the following image.

2. In the grid on the Unit/Component Family Settings tab, select the row
that contains the time-based inspection setting whose level you want to
modify.

For example, in the following image, the time-based inspection setting

associated with Unit MRD-ROA-REFN-RF104-E0010-104 and the Criticality
RBI Component - Piping family is selected in the grid on the
Unit/Component Family Settings tab.

180 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

3. Depending upon the level you want to modify, select a value in the list
in the cell that corresponds with the level that you are modifying. The
following tables lists the levels, their corresponding cells, and the values
that you can select in their corresponding lists.

Level Cell Acceptable values

Unit Unit A different Unit or the value

<Unit Undefined> if you do
not want a Unit to be
associated with the time-
based inspection setting.
Criticality Component Family A different Criticality
Calculator RBI Calculator RBI Components
Components family or the value <Select
A Component Family> if
you do not want a Criticality
Calculator RBI Components
family to be associated with
the time-based inspection
setting.

4. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Save link.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 181

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The Saving Settings dialog box is displayed, indicating the progress of

the save operation. The dialog box closes automatically, and the
associated Time Based Inspection Setting record is updated.

Modifying the Inspection Interval Defined for Existing Time-Based Inspection

Settings

You can modify the inspection interval defined for any existing time-based
inspection setting. For example, suppose that you defined an inspection
interval for a particular type of inspection based upon an organizational policy,
and that policy has changed. You could modify the existing time-based
inspection setting to reflect the interval that is now defined by the
organizational policy. The following instructions assume that you are viewing
the Time-Based Inspection Settings page.

To modify inspection intervals defined for existing time-based inspection

settings:

1. In the Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace, select one of

the following tabs, depending upon the level at which the existing time-
based inspection setting is defined:

 Unit/Component Family Settings: Select this tab if you want to

modify the inspection interval for a time-based inspection setting
at the Unit and/or Criticality Calculator RBI Components family
level.

 Equipment Settings: Select this tab if you want to modify the

inspection interval for a time-based inspection setting at the
equipment level.

For example, in the following image, the Unit/Component Family

Settings tab is selected.

182 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

2. In the grid on the selected tab, select the row for the record and/or
family whose associated inspection interval you want to modify.

For example, in the following image, the time-based inspection setting

associated with the Unit MRD-ROA-REFN-RF104-E0010-104 and the
Criticality RBI Component - Piping family is selected in the grid on the
Unit/Component Family Settings tab.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 183

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the Task Types pane, in the row for the inspection type whose
inspection interval you want to modify, type the inspection interval that
you want to use in the Interval (Months) cell.

For example, in the preceding image, the inspection interval for the
task type External inspection as defined in API 510 is 4 months. Suppose
your new organizational policy recommends that this type of inspection
be completed every 2 months. In this case, you would type the value 2
in the Interval (Months) cell. A red outline has been added to the
following image to highlight this task type and its associated inspection
interval.

184 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

4. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Saving Settings dialog box is displayed, indicating the progress of

the save operation. The dialog box closes automatically, and the
associated Time Based Inspection Interval record is updated.

Deleting Time-Based Inspection Settings

The following instructions assume that you are viewing the Time-Based
Inspection Settings page.

To delete time-based inspection settings:

1. In the Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings workspace, select one of

the following tabs, depending upon the level at which the time-based
inspection setting you want to delete is defined:

 Unit/Component Family Settings: Select this tab if you want to

delete a time-based inspection setting at the Unit and/or
Criticality Calculator RBI Components family level.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 185

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Equipment Settings: Select this tab if you want to delete a time-

based inspection setting at the equipment level.

For example, in the following image, the Unit/Component Family

Settings tab is selected in the Manage Time-Based Inspection Settings
workspace.

2. In the grid on the selected tab, select the row for the record and/or
family whose time-based inspection setting you want to delete. For
example, in the following image, the time-based inspection setting
associated with Unit MRD-ROA-REFN-RF104-E0010-104 and the Criticality
RBI Component - Piping family is selected in the grid on the
Unit/Component Family Settings tab.

186 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Installation, Upgrade, and Configuration

3. On the Setting Tasks menu, click the Delete Setting link.

A confirmation message appears, asking if you are sure that you want to
delete the selected time-based inspection setting.

4. Click the Yes button.

The Time-Based Inspection Settings page returns to focus. The

associated row is removed from the grid, and the associated Time Based
Inspection Setting record and its associated Time Based Inspection
Interval records are deleted from the database.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 187

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

188 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

User Instructions

Inspection Management Workflow

After various administrative tasks have been completed, you are ready to start
recording inspection data and making recommendations for future actions. The
steps in the following table suggest one possible workflow for doing so. You are
not required to follow these steps in this order, but they provide a general idea
of the tasks you can accomplish using Inspection Management.

Note: If you are performing an inspection using one of the Inspection families
whose captions contains the word Checklist, you can skip steps 2 and 3 of the
following workflow.

Step Task Notes

1 Identify the equipment or location None

that needs to be inspected, and make
sure that a record exists to identify
the equipment or location.
2 If you are going to inspect a piece of Typically, you will want to
equipment, make sure that an configure Inspection Profiles
administrative user has created an only for equipment and not for
Inspection Profile for the equipment locations.
to determine which parts of the
equipment (i.e., subcomponents) can
be inspected and the methods that
should be used to inspect them.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 189

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Step Task Notes

3 If you are inspecting a piece of If you do not define the

equipment, define the scope of work Inspection Scope, you can still
for the inspection. To do so, you will create an Inspection Task
create an Inspection Task record and record for the equipment or
link it to the Inspection Profile location and generate the
records and Inspection Method Inspection record from the
records that represent the parts of Inspection Task record. This
the equipment that should be documentation, however,
inspected and how. Note that you are explains how to define the
not required to define an Inspection Inspection Scope each time
Scope if you want to inspect all that you need to perform an
subcomponents using all inspection inspection.
methods that are defined by the
Inspection Profile for the equipment.
Also, if you are inspecting a location,
because you will not have created an
Inspection Profile for it, you will not
be able to define the scope of work.
4 Create an Inspection record from the If the Task record is linked to a
Task record that belongs to the Work Pack record, you can
inspection scope that you defined in generate the Inspection record
step 3. directly from the Inspection
Task record while viewing the
Work Pack record.
5 Inspect the equipment or location None
according to the details laid out in
the Task record from which the
Inspection record was generated.

190 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Step Task Notes

6 Record your findings from the To do so, you can:

inspection.  Write the findings on a
printed document that
was generated from an
inspection report in
Meridium APM. If you
choose this option, we
recommend that you
transfer the written
findings to Meridium
APM records (i.e., the
Inspection record,
Checklist Finding
records, and General
Finding records) so that
users can retrieve
information about
completed inspections.
-or-
 Record the findings in
Meridium APM records.
For example, you can
record general
inspection information
in the Inspection
record, such as the
type of inspection that
was performed, the
inspector's name, date
of inspection, and
reason for inspection.
You can also record
specific findings in
General Finding
records, Observation
records, or Checklist
Finding records that are
linked to the Inspection
record.
7 Assign users to the inspection team to None
indicate the people who are involved
with the inspection.
8 Create Inspection Recommendation None
records to capture any recommended
follow-up procedures.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 191

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Step Task Notes

9 Lock the Inspection record to prevent None

other users from modifying it.
10 Set the Inspection record to Pending None
Approval.
11 Review the Inspection record, any None
linked General Finding records, and
any linked Inspection
Recommendation records.
12 When you are satisfied with the None
findings, set the Inspection record to
Approved. You can also change the
Inspection Recommendation records
from their current status (e.g.,
Created) to the appropriate status
(e.g., Reviewed).
13 Publish the Inspection record for all None
users to see.

Note that these steps could be performed by the same person or by different
people, depending on how you assign inspection roles and family-level
permissions. This documentation does not assume that you have assigned
inspection roles in any specific way. It describes only the steps that can be
completed using Inspection Management. When a task must be completed by a
specific user (i.e., only the Inspection Supervisor can set an Inspection record
to Approved), we note the requirement.

Viewing Inspection Tasks

To view Inspection Task records:

1. On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Manage Tasks link.

The Inspection Manage Tasks page appears, displaying a list of all

queries and searches in the Task Queries folder in the Catalog.

192 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

2. Click the All Equipment That Can Have Tasks link.

The Saved Search: All Equipment That Can Have Tasks page appears,
displaying a list of all records that can be linked to a Task record
through the Has Tasks relationship.

Note: In the Meridium APM baseline database, this page displays in the
page title the catalog item caption for the query with which it is
associated. This documentation assumes that you have not modified this
query caption.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 193

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the row containing the record whose related Task records you want to
view, click the Manage Tasks link.

The Task List page appears, displaying all Task records that are linked
to the record that you selected on the Manage Tasks page.

Defining an Inspection Scope

Creating and Modifying an Inspection Scope

About Creating and Modifying an Inspection Scope

Note: You do not need to define Inspection Profiles if you plan to create
records only in the Inspection families whose caption contains the word
Checklist. The process for recording subcomponent findings for these families
does not rely on Inspection Profile or Inspection Method records.

You can create a new Inspection Scope or modify an existing Inspection Scope
using the Inspection Scope Builder.

194 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

When you use the Inspection Scope Builder to modify an existing Inspection
Scope, after you select the equipment and the existing Inspection Task record
that belong to the Inspection Scope that you want to modify, you will then be
directed to the Inspection Scope page for the selected equipment.

When you use the Inspection Scope Builder to create a new Inspection Scope,
you will need to:

 Select the equipment for which you want to create a new Inspection
Scope.

 Select the subcomponents (i.e., Inspection Profile records that you want
to inspect.)

 Select the inspection methods that you want to use for the selected
subcomponents.

 Create a new Inspection Task record that you want to include in the new
Inspection Scope.

After you complete these steps, you will be directed to the Inspection Scope
page for the selected equipment.

When you create or modify Inspection Scope, if the value that you select in the
Task Type list on the Inspection Task datasheet corresponds with a Task Types
record that is associated with time-based inspection settings, the value in the
Desired Interval field in the Inspection Task record to which the Inspection
Scope record is linked will be populated automatically with the value in the
Interval field in the associated Time Based Inspection Interval record.

Note that in order for time-based inspection settings defined at the Criticality
Calculator RBI Components family level to be considered by the Meridium APM
system when you create or modify an Inspection Scope, the value populated in
the RBI Component Family field in the associated Inspection Profile record must
match the family for which the time-based inspection settings have been
defined. You can select the Criticality Calculator RBI Components family with
which an Inspection Profile record is associated in the RBI Component Family
list in the Inspection Profile grid:

 On the Select Inspection Scope screen in the Inspection Scope Builder.

-or-

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 195

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 On the Inspection Profile page.

If more than one inspection interval is defined for a particular task type, the
Desired Interval field will be populated with the most conservative (i.e.,
lowest), non-zero inspection interval among those that have been defined. For
example, suppose that you define an Inspection Scope that includes the
inspection task type CUI, which is associated with the following Meridium APM
records and families:

 The Functional Location record that represents Unit A.

 Criticality Calculator RBI Components families Criticality RBI

Component - Exchanger Bundle and Criticality RBI Component -
Exchanger Header.

 The Equipment record with the Record ID HXST 55.

Now, suppose that the time-based inspection settings listed in the following
table have been created:

Time- Unit Component Equipment Task Type Inspection

Based Family Interval
Inspection
Setting

1 N/A Criticality N/A CUI 48

RBI
Component
- Exchanger
Bundle
2 Unit A N/A N/A CUI 36
3 Unit A Criticality N/A CUI 24
RBI
Component
- Exchanger
Bundle
4 Unit A Criticality N/A CUI 10
RBI
Component
- Exchanger
Header
5 Unit A N/A HXST 55 CUI 12

196 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

In this case, the Desired Interval field in the associated Inspection Task record
will be populated automatically with the value 10 (i.e., the most conservative
inspection interval).

Note: If you do not define inspection intervals (i.e., create time-based

inspection settings) for any inspection task types that are included in an
Inspection Scope, the Desired Interval field in the associated Inspection Task
record will be populated with the value zero (0), by default.

Creating a New Inspection Scope

The following instructions assume that you want to create a new Inspection
Scope from the Inspection Management Start Page. When you do so, the
Inspection Scope Builder is displayed.

You can also create a new Inspection Scope from the Inspection Profile page.
When you do so, the Inspection Scope Builder is displayed, but the Select
Equipment screen is bypassed. The Meridium APM system assumes that you
want to define the Inspection Scope for the equipment that you are currently
working with on the Inspection Profile page. If you are initiating the process
from the Inspection Profile page, you can skip steps 1 through 6, and begin
with step 7.

To create a new Inspection Scope:

1. On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Manage Inspection

Scope link.

The Inspection Scope Builder appears, displaying the Welcome screen.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 197

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. Click the Next button.

The Select Equipment screen appears.

198 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

3. In the Search In list, select the Equipment family. You can define
additional search criteria if you want.

4. Click the Find Now button.

The search results appear, displaying all Equipment records that meet
the specified search criteria.

5. In the search results, select the row containing the Equipment record
that represents the equipment that needs to be inspected, and click the
Next button.

The Select New or Existing Task screen appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 199

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

6. Select the Create a new task option, and click the Next button.

The Select Inspection Scope screen appears, displaying the Inspection

Profile and Inspection Methods grids.

200 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

In the Inspection Profile grid, the cells in the Selected column are
disabled for Inspection Profile records that are linked to one or more
Inspection Method records. In this image, the cells in Selected column
are disabled to indicate that Inspection Method records are linked to the
Inspection Profile records with the Item ID BUNDLE and COUPLINGS.

7. In the Inspection Profile grid, make the selections that you want,
according to the following guidelines:

 For Inspection Profile records that are not linked to Inspection

Method records, select the check boxes in the Selected column in
the rows containing the Inspection Profile records that you want
to include in the Inspection Scope.

 For Inspection Profile records that are linked to at least one

Inspection Method record, select the check boxes in the Selected
column in the rows containing the Inspection Profile records that
you want to include in the Inspection Scope.

The Inspection Method records that are linked to the selected

Inspection Profile records appear in the Inspection Method
section.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 201

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

8. In the Inspection Method grid, select the check boxes in the Selected
column in the rows containing the Inspection Method records that you
want to include in the Inspection Scope.

9. Repeat steps 8 and 9 to select all of the Inspection Profile records and
Inspection Method records that you want to include in the Inspection
Scope.

10. Click the Next button.

The Create a New Task screen appears, displaying the Inspection Task
datasheet.

202 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

11. Complete the available fields.

Note: If you select in the Task Types list an inspection task type that is
associated with a time-based inspection setting (i.e., a Time Based
Inspection Interval record exists whose Task Type value matches the
Task Type value in the Inspection Task record), values are populated
automatically in the Desired Interval and Desired Interval Basis fields in
the Inspection Task record.

12. Click the Finish button.

The Inspection Scope page appears, displaying the datasheet that was
viewed when the Inspection Task record was last accessed and the
Inspection Profile and Inspection Method records that you selected in
the Inspection Scope Builder. You can modify any of the available
fields.

Modifying an Existing Inspection Scope

When you modify an existing Inspection Scope, you can change:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 203

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Which Inspection Profile records are included in the Inspection Scope.

 Which Inspection Method records are included in the Inspection Scope.

You cannot, however, change which Equipment record or Task record is

included in the Inspection Scope.

If you choose to create a new Task record when defining an Inspection Scope,
doing so will create a new Inspection Scope.

The following instructions assume that you want to modify an existing

Inspection Scope from the Inspection Management Start Page. When you do
so, the Inspection Scope Builder is displayed, where you can select the
existing Equipment record and Task record that belongs to the existing
Inspection Scope that you want to modify.

You can also view an existing Inspection Scope from the Inspection Profile
page. When you do so, the Inspection Scope Builder is displayed, but the
Select Equipment screen is bypassed. The Meridium APM system assumes that
you want to view the Inspection Scope for the equipment that you are currently
working with on the Inspection Profile page. If you are initiating the process
from the Inspection Profile page, you can skip steps 1 through 6, and begin
with step 7.

To modify an existing Inspection Scope:

1. On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Manage Inspection

Scope link.

The Inspection Scope Builder appears, displaying the Welcome screen.

204 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

2. Click the Next button.

The Select Equipment screen appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 205

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

3. In the Search In list, select the Equipment family.

4. If desired, define additional criteria.

5. Click the Find Now button.

The search results appear, displaying all Equipment records that meet
the specified search criteria.

6. In the search results, select the row containing the Equipment record
that is part of the Inspection Scope that you want to modify, and click
the Next button.

The Select New or Existing Task screen appears.

206 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

7. Select the Select an existing task option, and select the Task record
that belongs to the Inspection Scope that you want to modify.

8. Click the Finish button.

The Inspection Scope page appears, displaying the datasheet that was
viewed when the Task record was last accessed and the Inspection
Profile and Inspection Methods grids. You can modify the Inspection
Scope by including or excluding the desired Inspection Profile and
Inspection Method records.

Inspection Scope Page

Aspects of the Inspection Scope Page

You can access the Inspection Scope - <Equipment Record ID> page, where
<Equipment Record ID> is the Record ID of the Equipment record that is linked

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 207

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

to the Inspection Task record that appears on the page, by creating a new
Inspection Scope or viewing an existing Inspection Scope. Throughout the
Inspection Management documentation, this page is referred to as the
Inspection Scope page.

The Inspection Scope page contains the following items:

 Inspection Scope for <Equipment Record ID>: A label that displays the
Record ID of the Equipment record that is linked to the Inspection Task
record that appears on the page.

 Reference Documents link: A link that displays the Reference

Documents dialog box, where you can manage the Reference Document
records that are linked to the Equipment record.

 Task Record ID: A label that displays the Record ID of the Task record
that is displayed on the page.

 Task datasheet: The section that displays the datasheet for the
Inspection Task record that belongs to the Inspection Scope.

 Inspection Profile section: The section that displays a grid containing

the Inspection Profile records that are linked to the Equipment record.

 Inspection Methods section: The section that displays a grid containing

the Inspection Method records that are linked to the Inspection Profile
record that is selected in the Inspection Profile section.

 Task menus: Menus that provide specific functionality. The following

menus are available: Common Tasks menu and Associated Pages menu.

Inspection Profile Section

The Inspection Profile section on the Inspection Scope page contains a grid,
which contains a row for each Inspection Profile record that is linked to the
Equipment record identified by the Inspection Scope for <Equipment Record
ID> label that appears below the Site Map.

The following columns of information are displayed in the Inspection Profile

section:

208 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Selected: Contains a check box, which you can select to indicate that
the Inspection Profile record is included in the Inspection Scope. Note,
however, that if the Inspection Profile record is linked to one or more
Inspection Method records, you can select only the Selected check box
for the individual Inspection Method records. The Selected check box for
the Inspection Profile record will be selected automatically when one or
more Inspection Method records are selected.

 Item Description: Displays the value in the Item Description field in the
Inspection Profile record.

 Item Category: Displays the value in the Item Category field in the
Inspection Profile record.

 Item ID: Displays the value in the Item ID field in the Inspection Profile
record.

 Sequence: Displays the value in the Sequence field in the Inspection

Profile record.

 RBI Component: Displays the value in the RBI Component field in the
Inspection Profile record.

 RBI Component Family: Displays the value in the RBI Component Family
field in the Inspection Profile record.

Below the grid are buttons that you can use to navigate between the rows in
the grid.

Inspection Methods Section

The Inspection Methods section on the Inspection Scope page contains a grid,
which contains a row for each Inspection Method record that is linked to the
Inspection Profile record that is selected in the Inspection Profile section.

The following columns of information are displayed in the Inspection Methods

section:

 Selected: Contains a check box, which you can select to indicate that
the Inspection Method record is included in the Inspection Scope.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 209

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Category: Displays the value in the Category field in the Inspection

Method record.

 ID: Displays the value in the ID field in the Inspection Method record.

 Description: Displays the value in the Description field in the Inspection

Method record.

 RBI Degradation Mechanism: Displays the value in the RBI Degradation

Mechanism field in the Inspection Method record.

Below the grid are buttons that you can use to navigate between the rows in
the grid.

Task Menus

Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Scope page contains the following
links:

 Inspection Profile: Displays the Inspection Profile page, which displays

Inspection Profile records that are linked to the Equipment record that is
displayed on the Inspection Scope page.

 Save: Saves any changes that you have made in either the Inspection
Profile section or the Inspection Methods section.

 Print: Displays the Preview window, which shows you a preview of the
Inspection Scope page as it will appear on the printed page.

210 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection Scope
page.

Associated Pages

The Associated Pages menu on the Inspection Scope Page displays Associated
Pages that are configured for the family of the record that is linked to the
Inspection Task record that appears on the page.

Adding an Inspection Profile Record to an Inspection

Scope
You can add Inspection Profile records to an Inspection Scope in one of two
ways:

 If the Inspection Profile record is not linked to any Inspection Method

records, you can add the Inspection Profile record directly.

 If the Inspection Profile record is linked to one or more Inspection

Method records, you must add the Inspection Method records, which will
add the corresponding Inspection Profile record automatically.

The following instructions explain how to add an Inspection Profile record

directly.

To add an Inspection Profile record to an Inspection Scope:

1. Access the Inspection Scope page by viewing an existing Inspection

Scope or by creating a new Inspection Scope.

2. In the Inspection Profile section, in the row containing the Inspection

Profile record that you want to add to the Inspection Scope, select the
Selected check box.

3. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Inspection Profile record is added to the Inspection Scope.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 211

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Adding an Inspection Method Record to an Inspection

Scope
The following instructions explain how to add an Inspection Method record to
an Inspection Scope. Note that if an Inspection Method record is linked to an
Inspection Profile record, adding the Inspection Method record to the
Inspection Scope will add the corresponding Inspection Profile record
automatically.

To add an Inspection Method record to an inspection scope:

1. Access the Inspection Scope page by viewing an existing Inspection

Scope or by creating a new Inspection Scope.

2. In the Inspection Methods section, in the row containing the Inspection

Method record that you want to add to the Inspection Scope, select the
Selected check box.

3. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Inspection Method record and the Inspection Profile record to which
it is linked are added to the Inspection Scope.

Removing an Inspection Profile or Inspection Method

Record from an Inspection Scope
To remove an Inspection Profile or Inspection Method record from an
Inspection Scope:

1. Access the Inspection Scope page by viewing an existing Inspection

Scope or by creating a new Inspection Scope.

2. If you want to remove an Inspection Profile record from the Inspection

Scope, in the Inspection Profile section, in the row containing the
Inspection Profile record that you want to remove, clear the Selected
check box. Note that if the Inspection Profile record is linked to one or
more Inspection Method records, you will need to remove all Inspection
Method records to which it is linked in order to remove the Inspection
Profile record completely.

212 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

3. If you want to remove an Inspection Method record, in the Inspection

Methods section, in the row containing the Inspection Method record
that you want to remove from the Inspection Scope, clear the Selected
check box.

4. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Inspection Profile records and Inspection Method records are

removed from the Inspection Scope.

Building Inspection Documents

Creating Inspection Records
To create an Inspection record:

1. On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Build an Inspection

Document link.

The Event Builder appears, displaying the Welcome screen.

2. Click the Next button.

The Equipment Selection screen appears.

3. In the Search In list, select the family that represents the item that you
inspected (i.e., Equipment or Functional Location), and click the Find
Now button.

The results of the search are displayed.

4. Select the row containing the equipment or location that you inspected,
and click the Next button.

The Event Selection screen appears.

5. In the Event Families list, select the family representing the type of
inspection that you performed.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 213

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

6. Click the Next button.

The Task(s) Selection screen appears.

Since the Inspection Management workflow assumes that you performed

an inspection because a Task record(s) indicated that the inspection was
due, this screen will list the Task record to which your inspection
responded.

7. Select the Existing option.

Hint: If your list of existing tasks is long enough such that you cannot
easily locate the desired record, you can click the Filter Tasks link to
perform an Advanced Search or open an existing search to locate the
desired task(s). In the search results, you can select the record(s) that
you want to appear in the list of existing tasks and then click the Open
button. When you do so, the existing tasks list will include only the
record(s) that you selected. If you no longer want to view the limited
list of tasks, you can click the Remove Filter link to view the complete
list.

8. Select the check box next to the Task record(s) to which you responded.

9. Click the Next button.

The Event Datasheet screen appears, displaying the Inspection

datasheet.

10. Complete the fields as desired.

11. Click the Finish button.

If you created an Inspection record in a family whose caption contains

the word Checklist (e.g., API 510 External Checklist), the Inspection
record appears on the Inspection Finding Checklist page. In addition,
Checklist Finding records are created automatically and linked to the
Inspection record. Each Checklist Finding record is displayed as a
separate row in the Inspection Finding Checklist workspace.

-or-

If you created an Inspection record in a family whose caption does not

contain the word Checklist (i.e., Bundle Inspection), the Inspection

214 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

record appears in the Record Manager. Also, if the Event Configuration

for the current Inspection family is configured to display General Finding
or Observation records, in the tree, you will see a General Finding or
Observation record for each subcomponent of the piece of equipment
that you selected.

Either way, if a configured explorer has been configured for the

Inspection family, you will see the configured explorer.

Inspection Finding Checklist Page

Aspects of the Inspection Finding Checklist Page

The Inspection Finding Checklist page appears when you select in the Event
Builder one of the Inspection families whose caption contains the word
Checklist (e.g., API 510 External Checklist).

The Inspection Finding Checklist page contains the following items:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 215

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Record hierarchy: Contains nodes representing the Inspection record

and the successor records to which it is linked. The record hierarchy
contents are controlled by the configured explorer that is defined for
the root Inspection family. The pane is labeled according to the
configured explorer that is driving the contents of the pane.

Note: If you select a node other than the root Inspection node, the
datasheet for the corresponding record will be displayed in place of the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace.

 Inspection Finding Checklist workspace: Contains the following items:

 A gray header area that displays fields in the Inspection record.

 Various sections containing rows where you can record findings for
subcomponents of the piece of equipment that you inspected.
Each row represents a Checklist Finding record. Throughout this
documentation, these sections are referred to as finding sections.

 Task menu pane: Contains the following task menus:

 Common Tasks

 Associated Pages

Header Area

The items in the header area in the Inspection Finding Checklist workspace on
the Inspection Finding Checklist page will vary based upon the type of
Inspection record for which you access the page (i.e., the record that is
represented by the root node in the tree). Certain items will appear for every
Inspection record type that you can view on the Inspection Finding Checklist
page. Additional items will be displayed for:

 PRD Pop Test Checklist records.

 Checklists records that do not belong to the PRD Pop Test Checklist or
External PRD Checklist subfamily.

The following items will appear for any Inspection record that you can open on
the Inspection Finding Checklist page:

216 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Actual Work Time (Hours) text box

 Asset ID text box

 Completion Date text box

 Degradation Mechanism list

 Extent list

 Inspection Report Owner list

 Reviewers Name list

 Save & Close Inspection/Reopen Inspection button

 Tasks Addressed list

 Type of Inspection list

The following additional items will appear only when you are viewing a PRD
Pop Test Checklist record on the Inspection Finding Checklist page:

 As Found Pop Pressure (Pounds/Sq Inch Gage) text box

 As Left Pop Pressure (Pounds/Sq Inch Gage) text box

 Design Set Pressure (Pounds/Sq Inch Gage) text box

 Leak Category list

 Leak Test Results list

 Over Pressure Test Results list

The following image shows an example of what the header area in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace will look like when you open a PRD
Pop Test Checklist record on the Inspection Finding Checklist page.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 217

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

When you open any Inspection record except an External PRD Checklist or PRD
Pop Test Checklist record on the Inspection Finding Checklist page, the
header area will contain the Generate Represented Inspections check box in
addition to the items that appear for all Inspection records that you can open
on this page. The following image shows an example of what the header area in
the Inspection Finding Checklist workspace will look like in this case.

The items that are displayed on the Inspection Finding Checklist page are
associated with fields that are defined for the family of the Inspection record
that is represented by the root node in the tree.

The Meridium APM system is hard-coded to display only these fields in the
header area. If you add fields to the Inspection family of the root Inspection
record, those fields will not appear in the header area. In addition, the header
area displays the field captions, not the datasheet captions.

Finding Sections

About Finding Sections

On the Inspection Finding Checklist page, the finding sections appear below
the gray header area. Each finding section contains rows representing

218 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

individual Checklist Finding records. In the following image, the General

finding section is outlined in red.

In each finding section, the rows are labeled according to the subcomponents
that belong to the equipment or location that you inspected. The sections and
rows that are displayed for an Inspection record are based on System Code
Tables and referenced System Codes that are configured for each Checklists
family in the Meridium APM baseline database. This concept is best understood
through an example.

To the right of each row label, you will see the following columns:

 Value: Contains a list from which you can select the finding value for
that subcomponent. In the baseline database, each list contains the
following values: Yes, No, N/A. The content of the list is controlled by
the System Codes that belong to the System Code Table

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 219

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

MI_CHECKLIST_FINDING_TYPES. In other words, each value in the list is

the description of a separate System Code belonging to this System Code
Table. The list is populated automatically with the description of the
default System Code. If no System Codes are set as the default System
Code, the list is empty by default.

Note: The label of this column (Value in the baseline database) is the
field caption of the field with the ID MI_FIND_CHECK_VALUE_C, which
belongs to the Checklist Finding family.

 Finding Summary: Contains a text box where you can type additional
comments about your findings for that subcomponent. To the left of
each Finding Summary text box, you will see the button, which
you can click to create a new Inspection Recommendation record, which
will be linked to the Inspection record automatically. Several values will
be mapped automatically to the Inspection Recommendation record.

Note: The label of this column (Finding Summary in the baseline

database) is the field caption of the field with the ID
MI_FIND_001_SUMMARY_T, which belongs to the Finding family.

How are the Sections and Rows Created on the Inspection Checklist Page?

The sections and rows on the Inspection Finding Checklist page are built from
System Code Tables and referenced System Codes. Consider an example using
an API 653 External Checklist Finding record.

The baseline Meridium APM database contains the following corresponding

System Code Table:

 ID: MI_API_653_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS

 Description: API 653 External Checklist Finding Section

This System Code Table contains the following System Codes:

 General

 Connections

 Supports

220 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following image illustrates this System Code Table and its System Codes.

Each of the System Codes that belongs to this System Code Table contains
referenced System Codes. For example, the System Code Supports contains the
following referenced System Codes:

 Anchor Bolts

 Dike/Retaining Wall

 Foundation

 Other

The following image illustrates this System Code and its referenced System
Codes.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 221

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Together, the System Code Tables, System Codes, and referenced System
Codes determine which sections and rows you will see on the Inspection
Finding Checklist page. Using this example:

 Each System Code belonging to the System Code Table

MI_API_653_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS becomes a finding
section on the Inspection Finding Checklist page.

 In each finding section, each referenced System Code becomes a

separate row (representing a Checklist Finding record).

You can see in the image below that the System Code Supports corresponds to
a section, and the referenced System Code Anchor Bolts corresponds to a row
in the Supports section.

222 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Note: The sequence value of the System Codes determines the order in which
the corresponding sections appear on the Inspection Checklist Finding page. In
addition, only active System Codes are displayed on the page.

Baseline Sections and Rows

About Baseline Sections and Rows

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an Inspection record
whose caption includes the word Checklist, the finding sections and rows
displayed in the Inspection Finding Checklist workspace represent
subcomponents belonging to the item that you are inspecting. Since the
subcomponents that you will need to inspect will differ based upon the type of
inspection you are performing, the items that appear in the Inspection Finding
Checklist workspace will differ based upon the Inspection subfamily to which
the record you are viewing belongs. In this section of the documentation, you
will find lists of the items that appear by default for each of the following
baseline Inspection families:

 API 510 External Checklist

 API 510 Internal Checklist

 API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist

 API 570 External Checklist

 API 653 External Checklist

 API 653 Internal Checklist

 External PRD Checklist

 PRD Pop Test Checklist

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 223

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Each of these families is hard-coded to use a particular System Code Table to

create the finding sections and rows that appear on the Inspection Finding
Checklist page. If you create custom Checklists subfamilies, however, you must
add the Checklist System Code Table ID field (i.e., a field in the Checklists
family) to the custom family, type in this field the System Code Table ID for
the System Code Table that stores the finding items that are associated with
the family, and modify the family rules so that the code can identify the
System Code Table that will be used to build the finding sections and rows
when you open a record belonging to the custom Checklists family.

Because this documentation assumes that you follow the Meridium APM Best
Practice (i.e., you use the entity and relationship families that are delivered to
the baseline Meridium APM database), no further details are provided for using
the Checklist System Code Table ID field or creating custom Checklists
subfamilies.

API 510 External Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an API 510 External
Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

224 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., Connections) and its
corresponding rows (e.g., Bolting) that appear by default when you access the
Inspection Finding Checklist page for an API 510 External Checklist record:

 Connections

 Bolting

 Flanges

 Leak Clamps

 Manways

 Nozzles

 Other

 Reinforcing Pads

 Small Branches

 General

 Coating/Painting

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Electrical Groud

 Exp Joint or Bellows

 Gauge/Sight Glass

 Guy Wires

 Insulation

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 225

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Ladder/Stairway

 Leaks

 Other

 Platform

 Vibration

 Weld Defect

 Relief Devices

 Leaks

 Manual Operation Lever

 Other

 Restricted Inlet/Outlet

 Supports

 Anchor Bolts

 Davit

 Fireproofing

 Foundation

 Other

 Saddle/Skirt

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_API_510_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS. Each System Code
references additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If
you want to display additional items in this workspace, you can add System

226 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Codes manually to the System Code Table

MI_API_510_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS.

API 510 Internal Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an API 510 Internal
Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., Head) and its
corresponding rows (e.g., Blistering) that appear by default when you access
the Inspection Finding Checklist page for an API 510 Internal Checklist record:

 Head

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 227

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

 Internals

 Attachment Welds Cracked

 Baffle/Weir Corrosion

 Distributor Damaged

 Distributor Fouling

 Impingement Plates Damaged

 Impingement Plates Missing

 Mixer/Agitator Components

 Mixer/Agitator Distortion

 Other

 Thermowells Bent/Broken

 Tray Corrosion

 Tray Damaged Components

 Tray Fouling

 Linings

228 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Cladding Bulged

 Cladding Cracked

 Cladding Damaged

 Coating Bulged

 Coating Damaged

 Liner Bulged

 Liner Cracked

 Liner Damaged

 Other

 Nozzles

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Flange Face Damaged

 Fouling

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 229

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Shell

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_API_510_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS. Each System Code
references additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If
you want to display additional items in this workspace, you can add System
Codes manually to the System Code Table
MI_API_510_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS.

API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an API 510 Internal
Exchanger Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in
the Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

230 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., Channel/Bundle)
and its corresponding rows (e.g., Blistering) that appear by default when you
access the Inspection Finding Checklist page for an API 510 Internal Exchanger
Checklist record:

 Channel/Bundle

 Blistering

 Channel Cover

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 231

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Surface Deposits

 Tube Corrosion

 Tube Cracking

 Tube Distortion

 Tube Erosion

 Tube Fouling

 Tube to Tubesheet Joint Cracked

 Tubesheet Damaged

 Weld Defect

 Head

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

 Internals

 Attachment Welds Cracked

232 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Baffle/Weir Corrosion

 Distributor Damaged

 Distributor Fouling

 Impingement Plates Damaged

 Impingement Plates Missing

 Mixer/Agitator Components

 Mixer/Agitator Distortion

 Other

 Thermowells Bent/Broken

 Tray Corrosion

 Tray Damaged Components

 Tray Fouling

 Linings

 Cladding Bulged

 Cladding Cracked

 Cladding Damaged

 Coating Bulged

 Coating Damaged

 Liner Bulged

 Liner Cracked

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 233

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Liner Damaged

 Other

 Nozzles

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Flange Face Damaged

 Fouling

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

 Shell

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

234 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_API_510_INTERNAL_EXCHANGER_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SE. Each System Code
references additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If
you want to display additional items in this workspace, you can add System
Codes manually to the System Code Table
MI_API_510_INTERNAL_EXCHANGER_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SE.

API 570 External Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an API 570 External
Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., Connections) and its
corresponding rows (e.g., Bolting) that appear by default when you access the
Inspection Finding Checklist page for an API 570 External Checklist record:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 235

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Connections

 Bolting

 Expansion Joints

 Flanges

 Leak Clamps

 Other

 Small Branches

 Socket Welds

 Threaded Connections

 Valves

 General

 Coating/Painting

 Corrosion

 Leaks

 Misalignment

 Other

 Soil-Air Interface

 Vibration

 Insulation

 Banding

236 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Damage

 Jacket

 Other

 Penetrations

 Seals/Joints/Caulking

 Supports

 General

 Other

 Pipe Hangers

 Support Shoes

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_API_570_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS. Each System Code
references additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If
you want to display additional items in this workspace, you can add System
Codes manually to the System Code Table
MI_API_570_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS.

API 653 External Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an API 653 External
Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 237

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., Connections) and its
corresponding rows (e.g., Flanges) that appear by default when you access the
Inspection Finding Checklist page for an API 653 External Checklist record:

 Connections

 Flanges

 Inadequate Thread Engagement

 Manways/Hatches

 Nozzles

 Other

 Pipe Manifolds

 Reinforcing Pads

238 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Small Branches

 Swing Lines

 General

 Agitator/Mixer

 Bottom

 Cathodic Protection

 Coating/Painting

 Corrosion

 Dissimilar Flange Rating

 Electrical Ground

 Ladder/Stairway

 Leaks

 Level Gauge

 Other

 Painted Inactive Corrosion

 Platform

 Roof

 Secondary Containment

 Shell

 Supports

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 239

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Anchor Bolts

 Dike/Retaining Wall

 Foundation

 Other

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_API_653_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS. Each System Code
references additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If
you want to display additional items in this workspace, you can add System
Codes manually to the System Code Table
MI_API_653_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS.

API 653 Internal Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an API 653 Internal
Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

240 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., Bottom) and its
corresponding rows (e.g., Corrosion) that appear by default when you access
the Inspection Finding Checklist page for an API 653 Internal Checklist record:

 Bottom

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Vacuum Box Testing

 Weld Defect

 Internals

 Baffle/Weir Corrosion

 Distributor Damaged

 Level Gauge Operable

 Other

 Pontoon Corrosion

 Roof Support Corrosion

 Sump Corrosion

 Swing Line Damage

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 241

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Thermowells Bent/Broken

 Vacuum Breaker Operable

 Linings

 Cladding Bulged

 Cladding Cracked

 Cladding Damaged

 Coating Bulged

 Coating Damaged

 Liner Bulged

 Liner Cracked

 Liner Damaged

 Other

 Nozzles

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Flange Face Damaged

 Fouling

 Other

242 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

 Roof

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

 Weld Defect

 Shell

 Blistering

 Corrosion

 Distortion

 Erosion

 Other

 Surface Cracking

 Surface Deposits

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 243

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Weld Defect

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_API_653_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS. Each System Code
references additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If
you want to display additional items in this workspace, you can add System
Codes manually to the System Code Table
MI_API_653_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS.

External PRD Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page an External PRD
Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., Connections) and its
corresponding rows (e.g., Bellows Vent) that appear by default when you
access the Inspection Finding Checklist page for an External PRD Checklist
record:

 Connections

244 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Bellows Vent

 Bolting

 Drain Open

 Flanges

 Gauges

 Inadequate Thread Engagement

 Manual Operating Lever

 Other

 Threaded Connections

 Vent Piping

 General

 Block Valves Sealed Open

 Corrosion

 Device Leaked Through

 Leaks

 Misalignment

 Other

 Piping Obstruction

 Rupture Disc Orientation Corrected

 Spring Tamper Seal Intact

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 245

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Supported

 Vibration

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_EXTERNAL_PRD_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS. Each System Code
references additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If
you want to display additional items in this workspace, you can add System
Codes manually to the System Code Table
MI_EXTERNAL_PRD_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS.

PRD Pop Test Checklist

When you open on the Inspection Finding Checklist page a PRD Pop Test
Checklist record, the finding sections and rows that are displayed in the
Inspection Finding Checklist workspace look like this:

246 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following list provides the name of each section (e.g., As Found) and its
corresponding rows (e.g., Inlet Nozzle/Piping Fouled) that appear by default
when you access the Inspection Finding Checklist page for a PRD Pop Test
Checklist record:

 As Found

 Inlet Nozzle/Piping Fouled

 Other

 Outlet Nozzle/Piping Fouled

 Pre-Pop OK

 Stem/Guide/Bellows

 Corrosion

 Bellows

 External Surface

 Flanges

 Guide

 Inlet Nozzle

 Other

 Outlet Nozzle

 Seat

 Spring

 Stem

 Valve Rework

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 247

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Flange Face Damaged

 Lapping

 Other

 Seat

 Spring

Each section corresponds with a System Code in the System Code Table
MI_PRD_PT_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS. Each System Code references
additional System Codes that make up the rows in each section. If you want to
display additional items in this workspace, you can add System Codes manually
to the System Code Table MI_PRD_PT_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS.

Task Menus

Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Finding Checklist page contains
the following links:

 New: Displays the Event Builder, where you can create a new Inspection
record.

 Save: Saves the Inspection record and all Checklist Finding records to
which it is linked.

248 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Save and New: After saving the Inspection record and all Checklist
Finding records to which it is linked, displays the Event Builder, where
you can create a new Inspection record.

 Delete: After asking for confirmation, deletes the Inspection record.

Note: You can delete the Inspection record only if it not linked to a
Recommendation record.

 Print: Displays the Select Report to Print dialog box, which you can use
to generate a Checklist Inspection report.

 Documents: Displays the Reference Documents window, where you can

view, edit, and add reference documents for the current record.

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection

Finding Checklist page.

Associated Pages

The Associated Pages menu on the Inspection Finding Checklist page displays
links defined by the Associated Pages that are configured for the record that is
currently selected in the record hierarchy.

Recording Findings for Subcomponents

Workflow for Recording Inspection Results

After you have completed an inspection, you can use the Inspection
Management module to record your results. The workflow that you will use to
record your results will be different depending upon the type of inspection that
you performed. In each workflow, the first step is the same: create an
Inspection record. The second step differs, however, in the records you will use
to record specific subcomponent findings.

The following workflow applies to the following types of inspections:

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 249

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Bundle inspections

 Full inspections

 General inspections

 Pressure test inspections

Step Task Notes

1 Create an The family in which you create the Inspection

Inspection record record should correspond to the type of
to store general inspection you performed.
information about The Inspection record will be linked automatically
the inspection, to the Equipment or Functional Location record
such as the start representing the equipment or location that you
and completion inspected.
date, the type of
You can create this type of Inspection record
inspection, and a
from either of the following locations:
summary of your
findings.  The Inspection Management Start Page.
 The Inspection Work Pack page. To
create an Inspection record from the
Inspection Work Pack page, you will need
to generate the Inspection record from an
Inspection Task record.
2 Record specific If the Event Configuration is set up correctly,
subcomponent when you create an Inspection record that is
findings in General linked to an Equipment record, General Finding
Finding and records will be created automatically according
Observation to the Inspection Scope for the equipment.
records. For example, if the Inspection Task record that
was used to create the Inspection record is linked
to five Inspection Profile records and each of
those records is linked to two Inspection Method
records, ten General Finding records will be
created automatically, one per Inspection Method
record that was included in the Inspection Scope.
You can then record your findings for each
subcomponent in a separate record. This is useful
if parts of the equipment passed the inspection
and other parts failed the inspection. If you had
only one record to record your findings, you
would be unable to fully represent the inspection
results.

250 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following workflow applies to the following types of inspections:

 External and internal pressure vessel inspections (following API 510

standards)

 Internal exchanger inspections (following API 510 standards)

 External piping inspections (following API 570 standards)

 External and internal tank inspections (following API 653 standards)

 External visual and functional inspections of pressure relief device

(PRDs)

Step Task Notes

1 Create an The family in which you create the Inspection

Inspection record record should correspond to the type of
to store general inspection you performed. The Inspection record
information about will be linked automatically to the Equipment or
the inspection, Functional Location record representing the
such as the start equipment or location that you inspected.
and completion You can create this type of Inspection record
date, the type of from any of the following locations:
inspection, and a
 The Inspection Management Start Page.
summary of your
findings.  The Inspection Work Pack page. To
create an Inspection record from the
Inspection Work Pack page, you will need
to generate the Inspection record from an
Inspection Task record.
 The Inspection Finding Checklist page.
2 Record specific None
subcomponent
findings in
Checklist Finding
records.

Recording Findings in General Finding and Observation

Records

In some cases, you might inspect an equipment or location as a whole. In other

cases, however, you might inspect parts of the equipment or location

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 251

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

separately. When you inspect parts of the equipment or location, you might
have different results for different parts of that equipment or location.

For example, if you need to inspect a tank, you might want to inspect the
internal surfaces separately from the external surfaces. On a more granular
level, you might want to inspect the top separately from the bottom. The
findings of each inspection might be very different, whereas if you inspected
the automobile as a whole, you would have only one finding.

You can record the findings for each subcomponent in a separate General
Finding or Observation record.

To record findings for subcomponents:

1. Access the Inspection record that corresponds to the inspection for

which you want to record more detailed findings about the
subcomponents that you inspected.

2. In the record hierarchy, expand the General Finding or Observation

family to view the records that were created automatically when you
created the Inspection record.

3. Select each General Finding or Observation record, and record the

findings for that subcomponent.

Note that in the Type field in a Finding record, you can choose from the
following options:

 Observation: The inspector did not notice any significant,

negative conditions.

 Degradation: The inspector noticed deterioration beyond what is

expected for the subcomponent, considering normal as-designed
use.

 Potential Failure: The inspector noticed conditions that may lead

to the subcomponent's failure.

 Failure: The subcomponent is no longer performing its designed

function.

 Not Inspected: The subcomponent was not inspected.

252 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Recording Findings in Checklist Finding Records

The following instructions assume that you are viewing the Inspection Finding
Checklist page for the Inspection record representing the inspection for which
you want to record subcomponent findings. You can access this page by
creating the Inspection record or by opening an existing Inspection record.

To record findings in Checklist Finding records:

1. On the Inspection Finding Checklist page, in the row containing the

subcomponent for which you want to record a finding, in the Finding
Value list, select the value representing your finding.

2. In the same row, in the Comments text box, type any comments
describing your findings.

Opening Existing Inspection Documents

To open an existing Inspection Document:

1. On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Manage Inspection

Documents link.

The Inspection Manage Documents page appears, displaying a list of all

queries and searches that are stored in the Document Queries folder in
the Catalog. Each row represents a different query or search you can run
to retrieve a list of Inspection Documents associated with the criteria in
that query.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 253

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. Click one of the following links:

 All Equipment That Can Have <Inspection Type> Inspections:

This link will display a page showing a list of all Equipment or
Functional Location records for which you can create Inspection
records represented by the <Inspection Type> value (based upon
the relationship definitions that are configured via the
Configuration Manager). For example, if you click the All
Equipment That Can Have Full Inspections link, the page that
appears will display a list of all Equipment or Functional Location
records for which you can create a Full Inspection record. You can
click the Existing Documents link in any row in the results grid on
this page to display existing Inspection records that are associated
with the Equipment or Functional Location record whose ID
appears in that row.

Note: The PRD Pop Test Checklist family does not have a
corresponding query that you can use to display Equipment and
Functional Location records for which you can create an
Inspection record of this type. If you want to open an existing PRD
Pop Test Checklist record, you can use the All Inspection Records
or All Inspection Records for selected equipment link.

254 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 All Inspection Records: This link will display a page listing all
Inspection records that exist in the database, regardless of
inspection type, equipment, or location.

 All Inspection Records for selected equipment: This link will

display a page with a prompt for the equipment or location whose
existing Inspection Documents you want to view.

A new page appears, displaying results that correspond to the link that
you clicked on the previous page. If you see the Enter Parameter
Values dialog box, you can specify the equipment or location whose
existing Inspection Document you want to open. In this case:

 If you want to open an Inspection Document for a location, in the

first prompt field, type the Location ID of the desired Functional
Location record.

-or-

 If you want to open an Inspection Document for a piece of

equipment, in the first prompt field, type the Equipment ID of the
desired Equipment record.

Note: Each Saved Search page that you can access via one of the links
listed above is configured to display in the page title the catalog item
caption for the query with which the query results are associated. This
documentation assumes that you have not modified these query
captions.

3. On the page that appears, click the Load Inspection link in any row to
view the results of that Inspection Document.

Note: If you also see a New Documents or New <Inspection Type> link,
you can click it to create a new Inspection record.

Assigning a User to the Inspection Team

To assign a user to the inspection team:

1. Open the Inspection record to which you want to assign team members.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 255

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. In the record hierarchy, right click the Inspection Team Member family,
and click Create a new Inspection Team Member to link to [root
record], where [root record] is the Inspection Event record.

The <empty> (new Inspection Team Member) window appears.

3. In the Full Name list, select the desired user. The list displays all users
who have been assigned the Inspector role.

4. Complete the remaining fields as desired.

5. Click OK.

The Inspection Team Member record is saved and linked to the

Inspection record. When you view the inspection report, information
about the team member will appear in the Inspection Team Members
section.

Represented Inspections
Generating Represented Inspections
Inspection Groups that you create using the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) module
allow you to group RBI Components based upon certain criteria and perform
inspections for a subset of the equipment in the group rather than for every
piece of equipment in the group. Grouping Element records that represent the
RBI Components that are included in an Inspection Group are designated as one
of the following types based upon evaluation by the Meridium APM system when
Inspection Groups are generated:

 Representative RBI Component: RBI Components for which you must

perform an inspection on the associated piece of equipment in order to
meet the inspection requirements that are defined by American
Petroleum Institute specifications. Grouping Element records that are
classified as Representative RBI Components meet the following criteria:

 The Selected for Inspection field in the Grouping Element record

contains the value True.

256 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 The Grouping Element record is linked to at least one other

Grouping Element record and is the predecessor in the Represents
Inspections relationship definition.

 Represented RBI Component: RBI Components whose inspection

requirements (defined by American Petroleum Institute specifications)
will be satisfied by the inspection of the piece of equipment that is
associated with a Representative RBI Component in the Inspection
Group. Grouping Element records that are classified as Represented RBI
Components meet the following criteria:

 The Selected for Inspection field in the Grouping Element record

contains the value False.

 The Grouping Element record is linked to one other Grouping

Element record and is the successor in the Represents Inspections
relationship definition.

The distinction between these categories is important because when you create
an Inspection Task record from an RBI Recommendation record that was
generated from an Inspection Group and then build an Inspection Document
that includes that Inspection Task record, you will have the option to generate
Inspection records automatically for the Equipment records that are associated
with Represented RBI Components. Throughout this documentation, we refer to
these Inspection records as Represented Inspections.

Note the following details about Represented Inspections:

 These Inspection records will always belong to the General Inspection

family.

 In these Inspection records, the value in the Is a Represented Inspection

field is set to True.

 The Inspection Confidence value in these Inspection records will be set

automatically to the next most conservative value than the one in the
Inspection record that you created. For example, if the value in the
Inspection Confidence field is set to High in the Inspection record that
you created (associated with a Representative RBI Component), the
value in this field in Represented Inspections that are generated
automatically will be set to Medium.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 257

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Additionally, when you generate Represented Inspections, the value in the

Represented Inspections Generated field in the Inspection record that you
created (i.e., the one that is associated with the Represented RBI Component)
is set to True.

To generate Represented Inspections:

 On the datasheet configured for the Inspection record with which you
have associated an Inspection Task record generated from an RBI
Recommendation record that was created from an Inspection Group,
select the Generate Represented Inspections check box.

-or-

If the Inspection record belongs to a family that contains Checklist in its

caption (e.g., API 510 External Checklist), on the Inspection Finding
Checklist page, in the header area, select the Generate Represented
Inspections check box.

Note: You can generate Represented Inspections only while the Inspection
record is new (i.e., you have not saved the Inspection record yet).

Values Mapped to Represented Inspections

Represented Inspections represent Inspection records that are associated with
equipment items whose inspection requirements are satisfied by the inspection
of the piece of equipment associated with a Representative RBI Component in
an Inspection Group. The following table lists the fields and values that are
mapped to these Inspection records.

This Inspection ...is populated with: ...from this source:

field:

Asset The value in the Asset The associated Grouping Element

field. record.

258 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

This Inspection ...is populated with: ...from this source:

field:

Inspection The Inspection The Inspection record that is

Confidence Confidence value that associated with the piece of
is the next most equipment for which inspections
conservative value will occur (i.e., the Inspection
than the source record from which you generated
record Inspection the Represented Inspections).
Confidence value.
For example, if the
Inspection Confidence
value in the source
record is Medium, the
Inspection Confidence
value in the
associated
Represented
Inspection will be
High.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 259

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

This Inspection ...is populated with: ...from this source:

field:

Inspection One of the following The Inspection record that is

Headline1 values, depending associated with the piece of
upon the value in the equipment for which inspections
Inspection Headline will occur (i.e., the Inspection
field in the source record from which you generated
Inspection record: the Represented Inspections).
 Actual
inspection
performed on
Asset <Record
ID>, where
<Record ID> is
the Record ID
of the
Equipment
record stored
in the Asset ID
field in the
source
Inspection
record. This
value is
populated in
the Inspection
Headline field
in the
Represented
Inspection
when the
Inspection
Headline field
in the source
Inspection
record does
not contain a
value.
-or-
 Actual
inspection
performed on
Asset
<Inspection
Headline>,
where
<Inspection
Headline> is
the value that
is stored in the
260 Inspection
Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0
Headline field
in the source
Inspection
 User Instructions

This Inspection ...is populated with: ...from this source:

field:

Type of Inspection The value in the Type The Inspection record that is
of Inspection field. associated with the piece of
equipment for which inspections
will occur (i.e., the Inspection
record from which you generated
the Represented Inspections).
Degradation The value in the The Inspection record that is
Mechanism Degradation associated with the piece of
Mechanism field. equipment for which inspections
will occur (i.e., the Inspection
record from which you generated
the Represented Inspections).

1. If the Represented Inspection was generated from an Inspection record whose family
caption includes the word Checklist, no Inspection Headline value will be copied from the
source Inspection record.

Recommending Future Action

About Inspection Task and Recommendation Records
Based on the results of an inspection, you might need to suggest that further
action be taken. For example, if you inspect an area of a warehouse and notice
that the roof is leaking, you may want to suggest that the ceiling tiles be
replaced.

You can create a new Inspection Task record that indicates that the ceiling
tiles need to be replaced, or you could create an Inspection Recommendation
record to record the recommendation to replace the ceiling tiles. Your business
processes will dictate whether you should create an Inspection Task record or a
Recommendation record. For example, inspectors may need to report all
recommendations to a supervisor for approval. The supervisor might then be
responsible for approving the recommendation, creating an associated
Inspection Task record, and assigning that Inspection Task record to the
appropriate inspector.

Additionally, if the Thickness Monitoring license is active and TM Analyses exist

for the Equipment records that you analyze in Inspection Management, you can
specify that Inspection Task records be updated based upon Thickness

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 261

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Measurement records that you create in TM. Specifically, the value in the Last
Date field in the Inspection Task record will be populated with the value in the
Measurement Taken Date field in the Thickness Measurement records that you
create via the TM Measurement Data Entry page.

This documentation does not assume which method you are going to use but
explains how to create Inspection Task records and how to create Inspection
Recommendation records.

Creating an Inspection Task Record

To create an Inspection Task record:

1. On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Manage Tasks link.

The Inspection Manage Tasks page appears, displaying a list of all

queries and searches in the Task Queries folder in the Catalog.

2. Click the All Equipment That Can Have Tasks link.

The Saved Search: All Equipment That Can Have Tasks page appears,
displaying all records that can be linked to an Inspection Task record.

262 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Note: In the Meridium APM baseline database, this page displays in the
page title the catalog item caption for the query with which it is
associated. This documentation assumes that you have not modified this
query caption.

3. In the row containing the equipment or location for which you want to
create a new Inspection Task record, click the Manage Tasks link.

If the Equipment or Functional Location record is already linked to a

Task record, the Task List page appears, displaying all existing Task
records that are linked to the selected Equipment or Functional Location
record.

-or-

If the Equipment or Functional Location record is not linked to any Task

records, a message appears, asking if you want to continue to the Task
List page, which will display a list of all Task records.

4. Click the Yes button.

The Task List page appears, displaying all existing Task records.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 263

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

You can use the Task List page to create a new Inspection Task record
for the selected equipment or location.

Creating an Inspection Recommendation Record

To create an Inspection Recommendation record:

1. Open the Inspection record for which you want to create a

recommendation.

2. In the record hierarchy, right-click the Inspection Recommendation

family, and select Create a new Inspection Recommendation to link to
[root record], where [root record] is the name of the record you
opened from the search results.

-or-

If you are viewing the Inspection Finding Checklist page, in the row
representing the finding that is prompting you to recommend further
action, click the button.

The new Inspection Recommendation window appears.

3. Complete the fields as desired.

4. Click OK.

The Inspection Recommendation record is saved. In addition, if the root

Inspection record is linked to an Equipment record, the Asset ID field is
populated with the ID of that Equipment record. If the root Inspection
record is linked to a Functional Location record, the Functional Location
ID field is populated with the ID of the Functional Location record. Note
that these values are also visible on the Inspection datasheet in the
Asset ID and Functional Location ID cells.

264 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Values Mapped from Checklist Finding Records to

Inspection Recommendation Records
If you create an Inspection Recommendation record from the Inspection
Finding Checklist page, the following fields in the Inspection Recommendation
record are populated automatically with values in the Checklist Finding record
from which it was created:

 Recommendation Headline: Populated with a concatenation of the

following values:

 The label of the section containing the Checklist Finding record.

 The label of the row containing the Checklist Finding record.

For example, suppose an Inspection Recommendation record was

created from the Checklist Finding record represented by the row in the
following image.

You can see that the section label is General, and the row label is
Corrosion.

Using this example, the value in the Recommendation Headline field in

the Inspection Recommendation record would be General Corrosion, as
shown in the following image.

 Recommendation Description: Populated with the value in the Finding

Summary field in the Checklist Finding record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 265

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Locking an Inspection
After you complete an Inspection record and want to flag it for approval, you
should lock it so that others cannot modify it. Locking the Inspection record
ensures that the information that you supplied does not get deleted or
modified. After you lock an Inspection record, you cannot unlock it. You can
lock Inspection records defined for any of the following families:

 Bundle Inspection

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

 Pressure Test Sub-Inspection

To lock an Inspection record:

1. Open the Inspection record that you want to lock.

2. Select the Inspection Lock check box.

Note: You can select the Inspection Lock check box only if your name is
stored in the Inspection Report Owner field.

All fields except for the following become disabled:

 Inspection Document Status

 Inspection Lock

 Reviewers Name

 Reviewers Comments

 Final Inspection Lock

 Published

266 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

In addition, the record hierarchy shortcut menu options that allow you
to link new or existing Recommendation records to the Inspection record
are disabled.

After the Inspection record is locked, you can flag it for approval.

Flagging an Inspection for Approval

When an Inspection record is ready to be approved, you should flag it for
approval. Doing so will make the record appear on the Review and Approve
Inspections page.

To flag an Inspection for approval:

1. Open the Inspection record that you want to flag for approval.

2. If one is not already selected, select a reviewer in the Reviewers Name

list.

3. In the Inspection Document Status field, select Pending Approval.

4. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

Approving an Inspection
After an Inspection record has been set to Pending Approval, you can review
and approve it, indicating that you accept the findings and are satisfied with
the information provided by the inspector.

To approve inspection results:

1. On the Inspection Start Page, click the Review and Approve

Documents link.

The Review and Approve Inspection Documents page appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 267

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

This page displays a list of all queries and searches in the Review
Queries folder in the Catalog. Each row represents a different query you
can run to return Inspection records that need to be reviewed. For each
Inspection family, you can select a query that returns:

 Records that contain a specific value in the Inspection Document

Status field and the Reviewers Name field.

 Records that contain a specific value in the Inspection Document

Status field and are assigned to the user who is currently logged
in to Meridium APM.

 Records that contain any value in the Inspection Document Status

field and are assigned to the user who is currently logged in to
Meridium APM.

2. To run a query, in the row containing the query that you want to run,
click the hyperlinked query caption.

3. If you selected a query that returns only records with specific values in
the Inspection Document Status field and the Reviewers Name field, a
prompt appears. The prompt may contain a field for the reviewer's name
and document status or just the document status.

4. In the prompt, select the values that correspond to the type of

Inspection records that you want to review.

The Review and Approve Inspections page appears, displaying a list of

all Inspection records that meet the criteria that you selected on the
previous page.

5. If you want to approve the inspection without reviewing any findings or

recommendations, in the row containing the Inspection record that you
want to approve:

a. In the Inspection Document Status list, select Approved.

b. Type any desired comments in the Reviewers Comments field.

c. Select the Final Inspection Lock check box, which disables all fields
except the Final Inspection Lock field.

-or-

268 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

If you want to review any findings or recommendation associated with

the inspection before approving the inspection:

a. In the row containing the inspection whose findings and

recommendations you want to review, click the Open Inspection
link.

The Inspection record appears in the Record Manager.

b. Use the tree to expand any findings and recommendations.

c. When you are satisfied with the inspection, including any

associated findings and recommendations, in the Inspection
Document Status list, select Approved.

d. Select the Final Inspection Lock check box, which disables all
fields except the Final Inspection Lock field.

Note: You can also modify the status of the Inspection

Recommendation, if desired (e.g., change the value in the Status
field to Approved).

6. Save the Inspection record.

At this point, if the Inspection record was created based on the

information in a Task record, you might want to update that Task record
so it contains an appropriate Last Date and Next Date. You can do so by
executing the strategy rule MI_InspectionTasksUpdate.

Publishing Inspections
Publishing an Inspection
You can publish inspections using the Inspection datasheet for any of the
following Inspection families:

 Bundle Inspection

 Bundle Sub-Inspection

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 269

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

 Pressure Test Inspection

 Pressure Test Sub-Inspection

To publish an Inspection record:

1. Open the Inspection record that you want to publish.

2. Select the Published check box.

3. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save link.

Viewing Published Inspections

To view published inspections:

1. On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Published

Documents link.

The Published Inspection Documents page appears.

2. In the row containing the record that you want to view, click the Load
Inspection link.

The Inspection record appears in the Record Manager.

Reports
About Inspection Reports
The baseline Inspection Management module includes reports that can be used
to view information about an inspection. When you view an inspection report,
you are viewing a main report and various subreports that exist in the Catalog.
These reports are based upon supporting queries that gather information from

270 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

the Inspection record and records to which it is linked. The results are
displayed on the Report Viewer page.

The following table lists the main reports that correspond with each Inspection
subfamily, the query and subreports that are associated with each main report,
and the sections that are included in each main report. Note that the
subreports are not meant to be run independently of the associated main
report.

Inspection Query Main Contributing Sections Included in

subfamily Behind Main Report(s) Reports Main Report
Report

Bundle MI_INSPBUND Bundle  Asset  Bundle Inspection

Inspection Inspection Corrosion  Asset Corrosion
Report Analysis Analysis
Report
 Findings
 Finding
 Pressure Test Sub
Report
Inspections
 Inspection
 Recommendations
Recommenda
tion Report  Inspection Team
Members
 Inspection
Team  Reference
Member Documents
Report
 Reference
Document
Report

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 271

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Inspection Query Main Contributing Sections Included in

subfamily Behind Main Report(s) Reports Main Report
Report

Checklists Checklist Checklist  Asset  Asset Corrosion

Report Inspection Corrosion Analysis
Query Report Analysis  Bundle Sub-
Report Inspections
 Bundle Sub  Checklist Findings
Inspection
 Findings
Report
 Recommendations
 Checklist
Finding  Inspection Team
Report Members
 Finding  Pressure Test Sub
Report Inspections
 Inspection  Reference
Recommenda Documents
tion Report
 Inspection
Team
Member
Report
 Pressure Test
Sub
Inspection
Report
 Reference
Document
Report
Checklists Checklist Blank  Checklist  Checklist Findings
Report Checklist Finding
Query Inspection Report
Report

272 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Inspection Query Main Contributing Sections Included in

subfamily Behind Main Report(s) Reports Main Report
Report

Full MI_INSPFULL Full  Asset  Full Inspection

Inspection Inspection Corrosion  Asset Corrosion
Report Analysis Analysis
Report
 Findings
 Bundle Sub
 Recommendations
Inspection
Report  Pressure Test Sub
Inspections
 Finding
Report  Bundle Sub-
Inspections
 Inspection
Recommenda  Inspection Team
tion Report Members
 Inspection  Reference
Team Documents
Member
Report
 Pressure Test
Sub
Inspection
Report
 Reference
Document
Report

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 273

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Inspection Query Main Contributing Sections Included in

subfamily Behind Main Report(s) Reports Main Report
Report

General MI_INSP_GEN General  Asset  General Inspection

Inspection Inspection Corrosion  Asset Corrosion
Report Analysis Analysis
Report
 Findings
 Finding
 Recommendations
Report
 Pressure Test Sub
 Inspection
Inspections
Recommenda
tion Report  Bundle Sub-
Inspections
 Press Test
Sub  Inspection Team
Inspection Members
Report  Reference
 Inspection Documents
Team
Member
Report
 Reference
Document
Report
Pressure MI_INSPPTST Pressure  Asset  Pressure Test
Test Test Corrosion Inspection
Inspection Inspection Analysis  Asset Corrosion
Report Report Analysis
 Finding  Findings
Report
 Recommendations
 Inspection
 Inspection Team
Recommenda
Members
tion Report
 Reference
 Inspection
Documents
Team
Member
Report
 Reference
Document
Report

274 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Running Inspection Reports

About Running Inspection Reports

You can run inspection reports from of the following locations:

 From the Inspection Reports page.

-or-

 From the Record Manager.

-or-

 From the Inspection Finding Checklist page.

The location that you choose will depend upon your workflow and the type of
inspection report you want to view.

Note: When you run a report from the Inspection Finding Checklist page, you
can generate a report for the Inspection record for which you accessed the
page or generate a blank report for the Checklists family to which the
Inspection record belongs.

Inspection Reports Page

Accessing the Inspection Reports Page

To access the Inspection Reports page:

 On the Inspection Management Start Page, click the Inspection Reports

link.

The Inspection Reports page appears.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 275

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Aspects of the Inspection Reports Page

The Inspection Reports page appears when you click the Inspection Reports
link on the Inspection Management Start Page.

276 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The Inspection Reports page contains the Inspection Reports grid that displays
one row for each query that is stored in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Manage Report Queries. The Inspection
Reports grid contains the following columns:

 Caption: Displays the hyperlinked query caption.

 Description: Displays the query description.

You can click any hyperlinked caption to run the associated query. If you click
the hyperlinked caption for a baseline query, you will be directed to another
page from which you can run the desired report.

By default, for each Inspection subfamily, the grid displays two queries:

 One query that returns a list of all Inspection records in that family,
regardless of the record to which they are linked. After you run this
query, from the list of Inspection records that appears, you can run the
report for the desired Inspection record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 277

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

 One query that returns a list of all Inspection records in that family,
where the Inspection records are linked to a specific record that you
specify. After you run this query, you will need to specify the desired
record. Then, from the list of Inspection records that are linked to that
record, you can run the report for the desired Inspection record.

For example, for the Full Inspection family, the grid displays the following
queries:

 One query that returns a list of all Full Inspection records that exist in
the database. From this list, you can run the report for the desired Full
Inspection record.

 One query that returns a list of all Full Inspection records that are linked
to a specific Equipment or Functional Location record. After you run this
query, you will need to select the desired Equipment or Functional
Location record. Then, from the list of Full Inspection records that are
returned, you can run the report for the desired Full Inspection record.

The Inspection Reports page also contains one task menu: Common Tasks.

Common Tasks Menu

The Common Tasks menu on the Inspection Reports page contains the
following links:

 Print: This button is always disabled on the Inspection Reports page.

 Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to
the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email
message, or on a Home Page.

 Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Inspection

Reports page.

278 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Running Inspection Reports From the Inspection Reports

Page

To run an inspection report from the Inspection Reports page:

1. In the Inspection Reports grid on the Inspection Reports page, in the

row containing the query that you want to run, click the hyperlinked
query caption.

A new page appears, displaying a list of Inspection records whose

associated report you can run.

 If you selected a query from the Inspection Reports page that

returns Inspection records that are linked to a specific Equipment
or Functional Location record, prompts appear for you to specify
the desired Equipment or Functional Location record. In this case,
proceed to step 2 of these instructions.

-or-

 If you selected a query from the Inspection Reports page that

returns all Inspection records belonging to a certain family,
prompts do not appear. In this case, proceed to step 4 of these
instructions.

2. If you want to run a report that is associated with an Inspection record

that is linked to a Functional Location record, in the Location ID text
box, type the value that is stored in the Functional Location ID field in
the desired Functional Location record.

-or

If you want to run a report that is associated with an Inspection record

that is linked to an Equipment record, in the or Asset ID text box, type
the value that is stored in the Asset ID field in the desired Equipment
record.

3. Click the Run Query button.

The results appear below the query prompts, displaying a list of all
Inspection records that are linked to the Equipment or Functional
Location record that you specified in the prompt.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 279

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

4. In the row representing the inspection whose report you want to run,
click the View Report link.

The report appears on the Report Viewer page.

Running Inspection Reports From the Record Manager

The following instructions assume that you want to run one of the following
inspection reports:

 Bundle Inspection

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

 Pressure Test Inspection

Although you can run a Checklist Inspection report via the Select Report to
Print dialog box in the Record Manager, this documentation assumes you will
run Checklist Inspection reports from the Inspection Finding Checklist page or
from the Inspection Reports page.

To run an inspection report from the Record Manager:

1. In Record Manager, open the Inspection record whose report you want to
run.

2. On the Associated Pages menu, click Inspection, and then on the

submenu, click View Printable Report.

Note: The report is accessible only if it has been associated with the
corresponding family via the Configuration Manager.

The report appears on the Report Viewer page.

280 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Running Inspection Reports From the Inspection Finding

Checklist Page

These instructions provide details about running Checklist Inspection reports.

To run other types of inspection reports (e.g., Full Inspection), see the
instructions on running reports from the Inspection Reports page or from the
Record Manager.

Checklist Inspection reports are configured in the baseline Meridium APM

database for each of the following families:

 API 510 External Checklist

 API 510 Internal Checklist

 API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist

 API 570 External Checklist

 API 653 External Checklist

 API 653 Internal Checklist

 External PRD Checklist

In addition to running reports for existing Checklists records, you can also
generate blank Checklist Inspection reports to print and distribute to the
appropriate resources so they can record their findings on the printed report.
The following instructions may be used to generate a blank Checklist Inspection
report or a Checklist Inspection report for an existing Checklists record.

To run a report from the Inspection Finding Checklist page:

1. On the Inspection Finding Checklist page, open:

 The Inspection record whose report you want to run.

-or-

 An Inspection record belonging to the Checklists sub-family for

which you want to generate a blank report.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 281

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

2. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Print link.

The Select Report to Print dialog box appears. The Print a report
option is selected by default.

3. In the Print a report list:

 Accept the default selection, Checklist Inspection Report, if you

want to run a report for an existing Checklists record.

-or-

282 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

 Select the value Blank Checklist Inspection Report if you want to

generate a blank report for the Checklists family to which the
current Inspection record (i.e., the Inspection record displayed as
the root node in the explorer) belongs.

4. Click OK.

5. The report appears on the Report Viewer page. From this page, you can
print the report to distribute it or to keep it as a record.

Interpreting the Inspection Reports

About Interpreting the Inspection Reports

In the baseline database, one report is provided for each of the following
Inspection families:

 Checklists

Note: The Checklist Inspection report is configured for each Checklists

sub-family (e.g., API 510 External Checklist).

 Bundle Inspection

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

 Pressure Test Inspection

While each family has its own report, many of the sections in the reports are
common to all of the reports. This section of the documentation describes the
sections that are included in the baseline reports and indicates whether or not
the section is common to all reports.

Note: Documentation for the Asset Corrosion Analysis section is not provided.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 283

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Bundle Inspection Section

The Bundle Inspection section appears only if you are viewing a report for a
Bundle Inspection record. This section displays information that is stored in the
Bundle Inspection record. An example of the Bundle Inspection section is
shown in the following image.

The following table lists the items that are included in the Bundle Inspection
section and their corresponding Bundle Inspection fields. Note that the table
displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet captions.

284 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Report item Bundle Inspection field

Asset ID Asset ID
Bundle Inspection Inspection Summary
Summary
Functional Location ID Functional Location ID
Inspection Finish Date Completion Date
Inspection Headline Inspection Headline
Inspection Reference Inspection Reference
Inspection Start Date Commencement Date
Inspection Summary Inspection Summary
Inspection Report Owner Inspection Report Owner
Percentage Heat Transfer Percentage Heat Transfer
Area Loss Area Loss
Reason for Inspection Reason for Inspection
Reviewer Comments Reviewers Comments
Reviewer Name Reviewers Name
Total Number of Tubes in Total Number of Tubes in
Bundle Bundle
Total Number of Tubes Total Number of Tubes
Replaced Replaced at Inspection
End
Tubes (Previously Plugged) Tubes (Plugged At Start)
Replaced Replaced
Tubes Plugged at Total Number of Tubes
Inspection End Plugged at Inspection End
Tubes Plugged at Tubes Plugged at
Inspection Start Inspection Start
Tubes Replaced Not Tubes (Not Previously
Previously Plugged Plugged) Replaced
Type of Inspection Type of Inspection

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 285

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Bundle Sub Inspections Section

The Bundle Sub Inspections section appears if you are viewing a report for one
of the following records:

 Checklists (unless you are viewing a blank Checklist Inspection report)

 Full Inspection

This section displays information that is stored in the Bundle Sub-Inspection

records that are linked to the Full Inspection or Checklists record. An example
of the Bundle Sub Inspections section is shown in the following image.

The following table lists the items that are included in the Bundle Sub
Inspections section and their corresponding Bundle Sub-Inspection fields. Note
that the table displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet
captions.

Report item Bundle Sub-inspection field

Bundle Inspection Inspection Summary

Summary
Bundle Tag Asset ID
Percentage Heat Transfer Percentage Heat Transfer Area
Area Loss Loss
Total Number of Tubes in Total Number of Tubes in
Bundle Bundle
Total Number of Tubes Total Number of Tubes Plugged
Replaced at Inspection End
Tubes (Previously Tubes (Plugged At Start)
Plugged) Replaced Replaced

286 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Report item Bundle Sub-inspection field

Tubes Plugged at Total Number of Tubes Plugged

Inspection End at Inspection End
Tubes Plugged at Tubes Plugged at Inspection
Inspection Start Start
Tubes Replaced Not Tubes (Not Previously Plugged)
Previously Plugged Replaced

Checklist Findings Section

The Checklist Findings section appears only if you are viewing a Checklist
Inspection report. The items that appear in this section depend upon the
finding sections that are associated with the Inspection family for which you
ran the report and will vary based on what type of Checklist Inspection report
you are viewing. If you are viewing a Checklist Inspection report that is:

 Associated with a particular Inspection record, this section displays

values that are stored in the Checklist Finding records that are linked to
the Inspection record.

 A blank Checklist Inspection report, the finding sections associated with

the Inspection family for which you ran the report will appear, but the
cells in the Value and Finding Summary columns will be empty.

The following image shows an example of the Checklist Findings section that is
displayed when you run a Checklist Inspection Report for a particular Inspection
record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 287

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Findings Section

The Findings section appears in all reports except blank Checklist Inspection
reports and displays information that is stored in the General Finding records
that are linked to the Inspection record. An example of the Findings section is
shown in the following image.

288 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following table lists the items that are included in the Findings section and
their corresponding General Finding fields. Note that the table displays field
captions, which may differ from datasheet captions.

Report item General Finding field

Action Taken Code Action Taken Code

Action Taken Description Action Taken Description
Deterioration Mechanism Deterioration Mechanism
Deterioration Mode Deterioration Mode
Headline Headline
Location Details Location Details
Predictable Predictable
Predicted Predicted
Profile Item Inspection Profile Item
Summary Finding Summary
Type Type

Full Inspection Section

The Full Inspection section appears only if you are viewing a report for a Full
Inspection record. This section displays information that is stored in the Full
Inspection record. An example of a Full Inspection section is shown in the
following image.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 289

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

The following table lists the items that are included in the Full Inspection
section and their corresponding Full Inspection fields. Note that the table
displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet captions.

Report item Full Inspection field

Asset ID Asset ID
Functional Location ID Functional Location ID
Inspection Finish Date Completion Date
Inspection Headline Inspection Headline
Inspection Reference Inspection Reference
Inspection Start Date Commencement Date
Inspection Summary Inspection Summary
Inspection Report Owner Inspection Report Owner
Reason For Inspection Reason of Inspection
Reviewer Comments Reviewers Comments
Reviewer Name Reviewers Name
Type of Inspection Type of Inspection

General Inspection Section

The General Inspection section appears only if you are viewing a report for a
General Inspection record. This section displays information that is stored in

290 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

the General Inspection record. An example of a General Inspection section is

shown in the following image.

The following table lists the items that are included in the General Inspection
section and their corresponding General Inspection fields. Note that the table
displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet captions.

Report item General Inspection field

Asset ID Asset ID
Functional Location ID Functional Location ID
Inspection Finish Date Completion Date
Inspection Headline Inspection Headline
Inspection Reference Inspection Reference
Inspection Start Date Commencement Date
Inspection Summary Inspection Summary
Inspection Report Owner Inspection Report Owner
Reason For Inspection Reason of Inspection
Reviewer Comments Reviewers Comments

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 291

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Report item General Inspection field

Reviewer Name Reviewers Name

Type of Inspection Type of Inspection

Inspection Team Members Section

The Inspection Team Members section appears in all reports except blank
Checklist Inspection reports and displays information that is stored in the
Inspection Team Member records that are linked to the Inspection record. An
example of the Inspection Team Members section is shown in the following
image.

The following table lists the items that are included in the Inspection Team
Members section and their corresponding Inspection Team Member fields. Note
that the table displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet
captions.

Report item Inspection Team Member

field

Applicable Certification Applicable Certification

Certification ID Certification ID
Certification Expiry Date Certification Expiry Date
Full Name Full Name

Pressure Test Inspection Section

The Pressure Test Inspection section appears only if you are viewing a report
for a Pressure Test Inspection record. This section displays information that is
stored in the Pressure Test Inspection record. An example of the Pressure Test
Inspection section is shown in the following image.

292 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following table lists the items that are included in the Pressure Test
Inspection section and their corresponding Pressure Test Inspection fields.
Note that the table displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet
captions.

Report item Pressure Test Inspection

field

# of Gauges Used No. of Gauges Used (Shell)

# of Gauges Used No. of Gauges Used (Tube)
Asset ID Asset ID
Functional Functional Location ID
Location ID
Inspection Finish Completion Date
Date

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 293

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Report item Pressure Test Inspection

field

Inspection Inspection Headline

Headline
Inspection Inspection Reference
Reference
Inspection Start Commencement Date
Date
Inspection Inspection Summary
Summary
Inspection Report Inspection Report Owner
Owner
Reason for Reason for Inspection
Inspection
Reviewer Reviewers Comments
Comments
Reviewer Name Reviewers Name
SRV Set Pressure SRV Set Pressure (Shell)
SRV Set Pressure SRV Set Pressure (Tube)
Test Comments Test Comments (Shell)
Test Comments Test Comments (Tube)
Test Duration Test Duration (Shell)
Test Duration Test Duration (Tube)
Test Media Test Media (Shell)
Test Media Test Media (Tube)
Test Media Temp. Test Media Temperature
(Shell)
Test Media Temp. Test Media Temperature
(Tube)
Test Pressure Test Pressure (Shell)
Test Pressure Test Pressure (Tube)
Type of Type of Inspection
Inspection
Witnessed By Witnessed By (Shell)

294 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

Report item Pressure Test Inspection

field

Witnessed By Witnessed By (Tube)

Pressure Test Sub Inspections Section

The Pressure Test Sub Inspections section appears if you are viewing a report
for one of the following records:

 Bundle Inspection

 Checklists (except blank Checklist Inspection reports)

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

This section displays information that is stored in the Pressure Test Sub-
Inspection records that are linked to the Inspection record. An example of the
Pressure Test Sub Inspections section is shown in the following image.

The following table lists the items that are included in the Pressure Test Sub
Inspection section and their corresponding Pressure Test Sub-Inspection fields.
Note that the table displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet
captions.

Report item Pressure Test Sub-

Inspection field

#of Gauges Used No. of Gauges Used

(Shell)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 295

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Report item Pressure Test Sub-

Inspection field

#of Gauges Used No. of Gauges Used

(Tube)
SRV Set SRV Set Pressure
Pressure (Shell)
SRV Set SRV Set Pressure
Pressure (Tube)
Test Comments Test Comments (Shell)
Test Comments Test Comments
(Tube)
Test Duration Test Duration (Shell)
Test Duration Test Duration (Tube)
Test Media Test Media (Shell)
Test Media Test Media (Tube)
Test Media Test Media
Temp. Temperature (Shell)
Test Media Test Media
Temp. Temperature (Tube)
Test Pressure Test Pressure (Shell)
Test Pressure Test Pressure (Tube)
Witnessed By Witnessed By (Shell)
Witnessed By Witnessed By (Tube)

Recommendations Section

The Recommendations section is included in all reports except blank Checklist

Inspection reports and displays information that is stored in the Inspection
Recommendation records that are linked to the Inspection record. An example
of the Recommendations section is shown in the following image.

296 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 User Instructions

The following table lists the items that are included in the Recommendations
section and their corresponding Inspection Recommendation fields. Note that
the table displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet captions.

Report item Inspection

Recommendation field

Author Name Author Name

Basis Recommendation Basis
Description Recommendation
Description
Headline Recommendation Headline
Profile Item Inspection Profile Item
Recommendation ID Inspection
Recommendation ID
Target Completion Date Target Completion Date

Reference Documents Section

The Reference Documents section is included in all reports except blank

Checklist Inspection reports and displays information that is stored in the
Reference Document records that are linked to the Inspection record. An
example of the Reference Documents section is shown in the following image.

The following table lists the items that are included in the Reference
Documents section and their corresponding Reference Document fields. Note

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 297

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

that the table displays field captions, which may differ from datasheet
captions.

Report item Reference Document

field

Description Description
Document Path Document Path
Reference Document ID ID

298 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

Reference Information

Inspection Management Associated

Pages
The following table lists the Associated Pages that are configured by default for
the following baseline Inspection families:

 Bundle Inspection

 Full Inspection

 General Inspection

 Pressure Test Inspection

These links are available only when one record is selected.

Note: To see the underlying URL for each Associated Page, you can use the URL
Manager application.

Caption Description

View Launches the Report Viewer, which displays the Inspection record
Printable data in a preformatted report.
Report This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
View Asset Displays the Inspection History Summary Query page, which
Inspection displays all Inspection records that are linked to the same
History Equipment record to which the current Inspection record is
linked.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
View Function Displays the Inspection History Summary Query page, which
Inspection displays all Inspection records that are linked to the same
History Functional Location record to which the current Inspection
record is linked.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 299

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Caption Description

Manage Displays the Inspection Profile record for the selected Equipment
Profiles record.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
Corrosion Displays the Corrosion Analysis page in Thickness Monitoring,
Analysis which displays any existing corrosion history for the current
Equipment or Functional Location record.
The Meridium APM system assumes that either Equipment records
or Functional Location records have been set up to have analyses.
If both Equipment and Functional Location records have been
configured to have analyses, this link will still work, but other
parts of the application may produce unexpected results.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
Manage Tasks Displays the Task List page, which displays a list of all the Task
records that are linked to the Equipment or Functional Location
record to which the Inspection record is linked.
This Associated Page should be used only by customers whose
Inspection records are linked to either an Equipment record or a
Functional Location record. It should not be used by customers
whose Inspection records are linked to both an Equipment record
and a Functional Location record.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
Manage Displays the Task List page, which displays a list of all the Task
Location records that are linked to the Functional Location record to
Tasks which the Inspection Event record is linked.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
Manage Displays the Task List page, which displays a list of all the Task
Equipment records that are linked to the Equipment record to which the
Tasks Inspection record is linked.
This Associated Page should be used only by customers whose
Inspection records are linked to both an Equipment record and a
Functional Location record.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
Open Loads the Inspection record in its configured explorer if one has
Inspection been set up for the Inspection family.
Explorer This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.
Open Work Opens the Work Pack record to which the Inspection Event record
Pack is linked.
This Associated Page appears on the Inspection submenu.

300 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Catalog Folder Structure

Public Folders
Inspection Management looks for files in specific places in the Meridium APM
Catalog to display information, including lists of saved queries and searches.
For Inspection Management to work properly, you must store files in these
specific locations. The following table provides a list of these Public folders,
information about the files they contain by default, and details on how these
files are used by Inspection Management. This list is intended to serve as a
quick reference to details that are provided elsewhere in this documentation.

Note: All of the Public folders listed in the table exist by default. Any item in a
Public folder is also available in the Baseline folder. Throughout this
documentation, however, we refer to items in the Public folder.

This folder: ...Stores these ...Which are

files: used to:

\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Conditional Queries and searches Generate the

Alert Queries that retrieve list that
Inspection appears on the
Conditional Alerts. Inspection
Alerts page.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Config Application Set up
Queries configuration required
queries, including: application
Asset Query, Base configurations.
Summary Query,
Inspection History
Summary Query, and
Published
Documents Query.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Document Queries and searches Generate the
Queries that retrieve list that
Inspection records. appears on the
Inspection
Manage
Documents
page.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 301

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

This folder: ...Stores these ...Which are

files: used to:

\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Explorers Configured Control the

explorers. display of
Inspection
Documents in
the Record
Manager and
on the
Inspection
Finding
Checklist
page.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Manage Queries and searches Generate the
Report Queries that retrieve list that
Inspection reports. appears on the
Inspection
Manage
Reports page.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Profile Queries and searches Generate the
Queries used to retrieve list that
Inspection Profile appears on the
records. Inspection
Manage
Profiles page.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Report Underlying support Produce
Queries queries. reports.

302 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

This folder: ...Stores these ...Which are

files: used to:

\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Reports Reports that provide Display

various information inspection
related to reports in the
inspections. This Report
Catalog folder Viewer.
contains the
following reports:
 Asset
Corrosion
Analysis
Report
 Blank
Checklist
Finding
Report
 Blank
Checklist
Inspection
Report
 Bundle
Inspection
Report
 Bundle Sub
Inspection
Report
 Checklist
Finding
Report
 Checklist
Inspection
Report
 Finding
Report
 Full
Inspection
Report
 General
Inspection
Report
 Inspection
Recommenda
tion Report
 Inspection
Team
Member
Report
 Pressure
Confidential and Proprietary Information Inc. – V3.6.0 303
Test
of Meridium,
Inspection
Report
Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

This folder: ...Stores these ...Which are

files: used to:

\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Resource Queries and searches Generate the

Queries used to retrieve list that
Human Resources appears on the
involved in the Inspection
inspection process. Manage
Resources
page.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Review Queries and searches Generate the
Queries used to retrieve list that
Inspection Event appears on the
records for review. Review and
Approve
Inspection
Documents
page.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\SSRS This folder contains This Catalog
reports that were folder and its
used in a previous contents are
release. not used by
the Meridium
APM product.
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Task Queries and searches Generate the
Queries used to retrieve list that
Equipment or appears on the
Functional Location Inspection
records that can be Manage Tasks
linked to Inspection page.
Task records.

Personal Folders
In addition to Public folders, Inspection Management can also use queries and
searches stored in Personal folders. The queries and searches must be stored in
the exact folder structure expected by Inspection Management. For details,
refer to the following table. When you follow the Inspection Management
workflow, personal queries and searches will be displayed along with public
queries and searches.

The Personal folders do not exist by default and must be created manually if
you want to use them to store queries and searches that are used by Inspection
Management. Items in Personal folders will appear only to the user of the

304 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

folder in which they are stored, regardless of the permissions defined for the
user who is logged in.

The following table provides a list of these Personal folders, information about
the files they should contain, and details on how these files are used by
Inspection Management.

This folder: ...Should store ...Which are used to:

these files:

\\Personal\Inspection\Document Queries and Generate the list that

Queries searches used to appears on the
retrieve Inspection Inspection Manage
records that are of Documents page.
interest to the
current user (e.g.,
Inspections assigned
to the current
user).
\\Personal\Inspection\Profile Queries and Generate the list that
Queries searches used to appears on the
retrieve Inspection Inspection Manage
Profiles Profiles page.

Baseline Inspection Management Queries

About the Baseline Inspection Queries

The Inspection Management interface is configured to display results of queries

that Meridium APM provides as part of the baseline Inspection Management
content. The instructions in this documentation assume that you are using the
baseline queries and that you have not modified them. If you modify these
queries, the instructions will not apply to your implementation.

Conditional Alert Queries Folder

The query listed in the following table is provided by default in the Catalog
folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Conditional Alert Queries. In this
table, the value displayed in the Query column refers to the query name. The
baseline query caption is the same as the query name.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 305

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Query Behavior and Usage

All Inspection Returns all Conditional Alert records where the value in the
Alerts Alert Source field is Inspection. This query contains an Open
Alert Definition link, which opens the selected Conditional
Alerts record in the Record Manager.
The results of this query are displayed on the Inspection
Alerts page.

Config Queries Folder

The queries listed in the following table are provided by default in the Catalog
folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Config Queries. In this table, the
values listed in the Query column refer to the query names. The baseline query
captions are the same as the query names.

Query Behavior and Usage

Asset Query This query is used to identify the records that store
information about pieces of equipment for which you
perform inspections. In the baseline database, this query
returns a count of all Equipment records with the Entity
Key specified in the query prompt (i.e., one or zero).
Base Summary Query Used by the Inspection History Summary Query. The results
of this query are not visible when you follow the Inspection
Management workflow; this query exists simply to support
a workflow facilitated by the Inspection History Summary
Query.
Inspection History Returns a list of all Inspection records that are linked to a
Summary Query certain Equipment or Functional Location record. This
query uses the Base Summary Query to determine the
Entity Key of the Equipment or Functional Location record.
The results of this query are displayed on the Inspection
History Summary Query page.
Published Documents Returns a list of all Inspection records whose Published
field is set to true. This query contains a Load Inspection
hyperlink that lets you open Inspection records in the
Record Manager. The results of this query are displayed on
the Published Inspection Documents page when it is
accessed via the Inspection Management Start Page or a
link on a Home Page.

306 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Query Behavior and Usage

Published Documents This query returns the same results as the Published
by Asset Documents query, however, this query contains a prompt
on the Asset Key field in the Inspection record. The results
of this query are displayed on the Published Inspection
Documents page when it is accessed from the navigation
bar that is displayed on various pages throughout
Mechanical Integrity modules.
User_Key_for_HR_Key Returns the Entity Key of each Security User record
and the Entity Key of each Human Resource record to
which that Security User record is linked. The results
of this query are not visible when you follow the
Inspection workflow; this query exists simply to
support the workflow facilitated by the following
queries, which exist in the Review Queries folder:

 Bundle Inspections for Review for

Current User - Choose State

 Bundle Inspections Pending Approval for

Current User

 Full Inspections for Review for Current

User - Choose State

 Full Inspections Pending Approval for

Current User

 General Inspections for Review for

Current User - Choose State

 General Inspections Pending Approval

for Current User

 Pressure Inspections Pending Approval

for Current User

 Pressure Test Inspections for Review for

Current User - Choose State

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 307

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Document Queries Folder

The queries listed in the following table are provided in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Document Queries. In this table, the
values listed in the Query column refer to the query names. The baseline query
captions are the same as the query names.

Note: These queries are accessible from the Inspection Manage Documents
page.

Query Behavior and Usage

All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an API 510 External
Can Have API 510 Checklist Inspection record. This query contains an Existing
External Checklist Documents link, which displays on the Inspection History
Inspections Summary Query page a list of existing API 510 External
Checklist Inspection records that are linked to the record
indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an API 510 Internal
Can Have API 510 Checklist Inspection record. This query contains an Existing
Internal Checklist Documents link, which displays on the Inspection History
Inspections Summary Query page a list of existing API 510 Internal
Checklist Inspection records that are linked to the record
indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an API 510 Internal
Can Have API 510 Checklist Inspection record. This query contains an Existing
Internal Exchanger Documents link, which displays on the Inspection History
Checklist Summary Query page a list of existing API 510 Internal
Inspections Exchanger Checklist Inspection records that are linked to
the record indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an API 570 External
Can Have API 570 Checklist Inspection record. This query contains an Existing
External Checklist Documents link, which displays on the Inspection History
Inspections Summary Query page a list of existing API 570 External
Checklist Inspection records that are linked to the record
indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an API 653 External
Can Have API 653 Checklist Inspection record. This query contains an Existing
External Checklist Documents link, which displays on the Inspection History
Inspections Summary Query page a list of existing API 653 External
Checklist Inspection records that are linked to the record
indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.

308 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Query Behavior and Usage

All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an API 653 Internal
Can Have API 653 Checklist Inspection record. This query contains an Existing
Internal Checklist Documents link, which displays on the Inspection History
Inspections Summary Query page a list of existing API 653 Internal
Checklist Inspection records that are linked to the record
indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to a Bundle Inspection
Can Have Bundle record. This query contains a Create New Bundle
Inspections Inspection Document link, which opens in the Record
Manager a new Bundle Inspection record that is linked to the
record indicated by the Equipment ID column in the query.
The query also contains an Existing Documents link, which
displays on the Inspection History Summary Query page a
list of existing Bundle Inspection records that are linked to
the record indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an External PRD
Can Have External Checklist Inspection record. This query contains an Existing
PRD Checklist Documents link, which displays on the Inspection History
Inspections Summary Query page a list of existing External PRD
Checklist Inspection records that are linked to the record
indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to a Full Inspection
Can Have Full record. This query contains a Create New Full Inspection
Inspections Document link, which opens in the Record Manager a new
Full Inspection record that is linked to the record indicated
by the Equipment ID column in the query. The query also
contains an Existing Documents link, which displays on the
Inspection History Summary Query page a list of existing
Full Inspection records that are linked to the record
indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to a General Inspection
Can Have General record. This query contains a Create New General
Inspections Inspection Document link, which opens in the Record
Manager a new General Inspection record that is linked to
the record indicated by the Equipment ID column in the
query. The query also contains an Existing Documents link,
which displays on the Inspection History Summary Query
page a list of existing General Inspection records that are
linked to the record indicated by the Equipment ID in the
query.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 309

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Query Behavior and Usage

All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to an Inspection record.
Can Have This query contains a New Documents link, which displays
Inspections the Select Family dialog box, where you can select the
family of the new Inspection record you want to create.
After selecting a family, the Record Manager displays a new
record that is linked to the record indicated by the
Equipment ID column in the query. The query also contains
an Existing Documents link, which displays on the
Inspection History Summary Query page a list of existing
Inspection records that are linked to the record indicated by
the Equipment ID in the query.
All Equipment That Returns all records that are linked to a Pressure Test
Can Have Pressure Inspection record. This query contains a Create New
Test Inspections Pressure Test Document link, which opens in the Record
Manager a new Pressure Test Inspection record that is linked
to the record indicated by the Equipment ID column in the
query. The query also contains an Existing Documents link,
which displays on the Inspection History Summary Query
page a list of existing Pressure Test Inspection records that
are linked to the record indicated by the Equipment ID in
the query.
All Inspection Returns all Inspection records. This query contains a Load
Records inspection link, which opens in Record Manager a new
General Inspection record that is linked to the record
indicated by the Inspection Reference in the query.
All Inspection Prompts you for the Location ID and Asset ID, and then
Records For returns all Inspection Records that are linked to the record
Selected Equipment that meets the specified criteria.

Manage Report Queries Folder

The queries listed in the following table are provided in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Manage Report Queries. In this table, the
values listed in the Query column refer to the query names. The baseline query
captions are the same as the query names.

Note: These queries are available from the Inspection Reports page.

310 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Query Behavior and Usage

Bundle Inspection Returns all Bundle Inspection records. This query contains a
- Formatted View Report link, which opens in the Report Viewer the
Reports for All Inspection Document indicated by the Inspection Reference in
Equipment the query.
Bundle Inspection Prompts you for a Location ID and Asset ID so you can specify
- Formatted the equipment or location for which you want to view a Bundle
Reports with Inspection report.
Prompt for
Equipment
Checklist Returns all Checklists records. This query contains a View
Inspections - Report link, which opens in the Report Viewer the Inspection
Formatted Document indicated by the Inspection Reference in the query.
Reports for All
Equipment
Checklist Prompts you for a Location ID and Asset ID so you can specify
Inspections - the equipment or location for which you want to view a
Formatted Checklist Inspection Report.
Reports with
Prompt for
Equipment
Full Inspection - Returns all Full Inspection records. This query contains a View
Formatted Report link, which opens in the Report Viewer the Inspection
Reports for All Document indicated by the Inspection Reference in the query.
Equipment
Full Inspection - Prompts you for a Location ID and Asset ID so you can specify
Formatted the equipment or location for which you want to view a Full
Reports with Inspection report.
Prompt for
Equipment
General Returns all General Inspection records. This query contains a
Inspection - View Report link, which opens in the Report Viewer the
Formatted Inspection Document indicated by the Inspection Reference in
Reports for All the query.
Equipment
General Prompts you for a Location ID and Asset ID so you can specify
Inspection the equipment or location for which you want to view a
Reports - General Inspection report.
Formatted
Reports with
Prompt for
Equipment

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 311

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Query Behavior and Usage

Pressure Test Returns all Pressure Test Inspection records. This query
Inspection - contains a View Report link, which opens in the Report Viewer
Formatted the Inspection Document indicated by the Inspection
Reports for All Reference in the query.
Equipment
Pressure Test Prompts you for a Location ID and Asset ID so you can specify
Inspection - the equipment or location for which you want to view a
Formatted Pressure Test Inspection report.
Reports with
Prompt for
Equipment

Profile Queries Folder

The query listed in the following table is provided by default in the Catalog
folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Profile Queries. In this table, the
value displayed in the Query column refers to the query name. The baseline
query caption is the same as the query name.

Query Behavior and Usage

All Equipment That Returns all Equipment records in your database. This query
Can Have An contains a Manage Profiles link, which opens on the
Inspection Profiles Manage Equipment Profile page the Inspection Profile
records that are linked to the record associated with the
item indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
The results of the All Equipment That Can Have An
Inspection Profiles query are available on the Saved
Search: All Equipment that can have an Inspection
Profiles page.

Report Queries Folder

The queries listed in the following table are provided by default in the Catalog
folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Report Queries. In this table, the
values listed in the Query column refer to the query names. The baseline query
captions are the same as the query names.

312 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Query Behavior and Usage

Checklist Report Generates the report for an Inspection Document associated

Query with a Checklists record.
MI Asset Corrosion Generates information in the Asset Corrosion Analysis
Analysis section of each main report.
MI Reference Generates information in the Reference Documents section
Document of each main report.
MI_FIND_CHECK Generates information in the Checklist Findings section of a
Checklist Inspection report.
MI_FIND_GEN Generates information in the Findings section of each main
report.
MI_INSP_GEN Generates the report for a General Inspection Document.
MI_INSPBSUB Generates information in the Bundle Sub Inspections
section of a Full Inspection report.
MI_INSPBUND Generates the report for a Bundle Inspection Document.
MI_INSPFULL Generates the report for a Full Inspection Document.
MI_INSPPSUB Generates the information in the Pressure Test Sub
Inspections section of a Full and General Inspection report.
MI_INSPPTST Generates the report for a Pressure Test Inspection
Document.
MI_RECINSP Generates the information in the Recommendations section
of each main report.
MI_TEAMINSP Generates the information in the Inspection Team Members
section of each main report.

Resource Queries Folder

The queries listed in the following table exist by default in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Resource Queries. Each query in the this
folder includes one or more URLs, which provide specific functionality when
the query is run. The following table lists the baseline queries, the
functionality of the associated URLs, and the behavior of the associated
hyperlinks. In this table, the values listed in the Query column refer to the
query names. The baseline query captions are the same as the query names.

Note: You can access these queries from the Inspection Manage Resources
page.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 313

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Query Behavior and Usage

All Human Returns a list of all the Human Resource records in the
Resources database.
This query contains the following URL Fields:
 Manage Resource Roles (Field Alias: Manage Roles):
Displays the Human Resource record in the
master/detail datasheet. The detail grid lets you view
and create Resource Role records that are linked to
the Human Resource record.
 Manage Resource Certifications (Field Alias: Manage
Certifications): Displays the Human Resource record in
the master/detail datasheet. The detail grid lets you
view and create Personnel Certification records that
are linked to the Human Resource record.
Human Resources Returns a list of Human Resource records that are linked to a
with Certification Personnel Certification record.
This query contains the following URL Field:
 Last Name: Displays the Human Resource Record in
the master/detail datasheet. The detail grid lets you
view and create Personnel Certification records that
are linked to the Human Resource record.
Human Resources Returns a list of Human Resource records that are linked to a
with Roles Resource Role record.
This query contains the following URL Field:
 Last Name: Displays the Human Resource Record in
the master/detail datasheet. The detail grid lets you
view and create Resource Role records that are linked
to the Human Resource record.

Review Queries Folder

The queries listed in the following table are provided in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Review Queries. In this table, the values
listed in the Query column refer to the query names. The baseline query
captions are the same as the query names.

Note: These queries are available on the Review and Approve Inspection
Documents page.

314 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Query Behavior and Usage

Bundle Inspections for After prompting you to select a reviewer and state,
Review - Choose State returns a list of all Bundle Inspection records with the
and Reviewer selected state and reviewer.
Bundle Inspections for After prompting you to select a state, returns a list of all
Review for Current Bundle Inspection records for the currently logged-in user
User - Choose State with the selected state.
Bundle Inspections Returns a list of all Bundle Inspection records pending
Pending Approval for approval for the currently logged-in user.
Current User
Full Inspections for After prompting you for a state and reviewer, returns a
Review - Choose State list of all Full Inspection records with the selected state
and Reviewer and reviewer.
Full Inspections for After prompting you for a state, returns a list of all Full
Review for Current Inspection records for the currently logged-in user with
User - Choose State the selected state.
Full Inspections Returns a list of all Full Inspection records pending
Pending Approval for approval for the currently logged-in user.
Current User
General Inspections After prompting you for a state and reviewer, returns a
for Review - Choose list of all General Inspection records with the selected
State and Review state and reviewer.
General Inspections After prompting you for a state, returns a list of all
for Review for Current General Inspection records for the currently logged-in
User - Choose State user with the selected state.
General Inspections Returns a list of all General Inspection records pending
Pending Approval for approval for the currently logged-in user.
Current User
Pressure Test After prompting you for a state and reviewer, returns a
Inspections for Review list of all Pressure Test Inspection records with the
- Choose State and selected state and reviewer.
Reviewer
Pressure Test After prompting you for a state, returns a list of all
Inspections for Review Pressure Test Inspection records for the currently logged-
for Current User - in user with the selected state.
Choose State
Pressure Test Returns a list of all Pressure Test Inspection records
Inspections Pending pending approval for the currently logged-in user.
Approval for Current
User

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 315

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Task Queries Folder

The query listed in the following table is provided in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Task Queries. In this table, the value
listed in the Query column refers to the query name. The baseline query
caption is the same as the query name.

Query Behavior and Usage

All Equipment Returns all records that can be linked to a Task record
That Can Have through the Has Tasks relationship. This query contains a
Tasks Manage Tasks link, which opens on the Task List page a list
of all Task records that are linked to the record associated
with the item indicated by the Equipment ID in the query.
This query is available on the Inspection Manage Tasks page.

Family Field Descriptions

Inspection Records

Inspection

Inspection records store information about inspections that you perform on

equipment and locations. The following table provides an alphabetical list and
description of the fields that exist in the Inspection family. The information in
the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields. This list is not
comprehensive.

Note: You can find information about fields unique to the Bundle Sub-
Inspection and PRD Pop Test Checklist families in additional topics in this
section of the documentation.

316 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Actual Work Number The number This field appears on datasheets

Time of hours it configured for Inspection families whose
took to caption contains the word Checklist and
complete the on SAP Integration datasheets configured
inspection. for the following families:
 Bundle Inspection
 Full Inspection
 General Inspection
 Pressure Test Inspection

Asset ID Character The Record ID This field is populated with the Record
of the ID of the Equipment record with which
Equipment the Inspection record is associated.
record to  If you selected an Equipment
which the record on the Equipment screen
Inspection in the Event Builder when you
record is created the Inspection record,
linked. this field will be populated with
the Record ID of that Equipment
record.
 If you selected a Functional
Location record on the
Equipment screen in the Event
Builder when you created the
Inspection record, this field will
be populated with the Record ID
of the Equipment record that is
linked to that Functional
Location record.
Asset ID Link Character A hyperlink to When you click this hyperlink, the
the Equipment record will be opened in
Equipment Record Manager.
record to
which the
Inspection
record is
linked.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 317

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Commencement Date The date on By default, this value is set to the date
Date which the on which the Inspection record is
inspection created. You can modify this date to
started. reflect the actual start date, as needed.
This field is available only on the
datasheets that are defined for the
families whose caption does not contain
the word Checklist.
If you modify the value in the
Completion Date field in a record
belonging to a family whose caption
contains the word Checklist, the value in
the Commencement Date field will be
updated automatically to match the
value in the Completion Date field. In
other words, the commencement date
and completion date are always the
same.
Completion Date The date on By default, this value is set to the date
Date which the on which the Inspection record is
inspection created. You can modify this date to
was reflect the actual completion date, as
completed. needed.
If the value in the Inspection Task
Complete field is set to True, when the
Inspection record is saved, the value in
the Completion Date field will be used
to populate the Last Date field in the
Task records whose Record IDs appear in
the Tasks Addressed field.
When the value in the Completion Date
field is changed in a record belonging to
a family whose caption contains the
word Checklist, the value in the
Commencement Date field will be
updated automatically to match the
value in the Completion Date field. In
other words, the commencement date
and completion date are always the
same.

318 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Degradation Character The The Degradation Mechanism field

Mechanism degradation contains a list of values, where that list
mechanism is populated differently depending upon
that the the value that is stored in the Tasks
inspection is Addressed field, and in some cases, the
meant to subfamily to which the Inspection record
prevent. belongs.

Regardless of the Inspection subfamily to

which the Inspection record belongs,
when the value in the Tasks Addressed
field identifies a Task record that is
linked to a Recommendation record that
is linked to an RBI Degradation
Mechanisms record, the Degradation
Mechanism list displays a list of RBI
Degradation Mechanisms records that
are included in the RBI Analysis
containing that RBI Recommendation
record. The Degradation Mechanism list
contains the values in the Degradation
Mechanism field in those RBI
Degradation Mechanisms records.
Additionally, the Degradation Mechanism
field is populated by default using the
RBI Degradation Mechanisms record that
is linked to the associated
Recommendation record.

If the value in the Tasks Addressed field

is empty or contains a value that
identifies a Task record that is not
linked to a Recommendation record, the
Inspection record subfamily is used to
determine the System Code Table that
will be used to supply values to the
Degradation Mechanism list.
 If the record belongs to any
Inspection subfamily except the
PRD Pop Test Checklist
subfamily, the Degradation
Mechanism field displays a list of
values that are stored in the
System Code Table
MI_DEGRADATION_MECHANISM_T
YPES (Degradation Mechanism
Types).
 If the record belongs to the PRD
Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 319
Pop Test Checklist subfamily, the
Degradation Mechanism field
displays a list of values that are
Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Equipment Character The state of This field displays a list of the IDs and
Operating State the Descriptions of the System Codes that
equipment are stored in the MI_EQUIP_OP_STATE
that is being (MI Inspection, Equipment Operating
inspected. State) System Code Table.
Extent Character The extent to This field displays a list of values based
which the upon the value that you selected in the
inspection Type of Inspection field and the values
was that exist in the Inspection Extent field
performed. in Inspection Strategy records.
Specifically, the Extent field displays a
list of values that exist in the Inspection
Extent field in all Inspection Strategy
records whose Inspection Task Type field
contains the value that you selected in
the Type of Inspection field.
For example, if you selected CUI in the
Type of Inspection field, the Extent list
would display the values that are stored
in the Inspection Extent field in all
Inspection Strategy records whose
Inspection Task Type field contains the
value CUI.
Final Inspection Logical Indicates Typically, the person who is reviewing
Lock whether or the Inspection Document (i.e., the
not the person whose name appears in the
Inspection Reviewers Name field) will set this field
record has to True when the review is complete.
reached a
final state.

320 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Functional Character The Record ID This field is populated with the Record
Location ID of the ID of the Functional Location record
Functional with which the Inspection record is
Location associated.
record to  If you selected a Functional
which the Location record on the
Inspection Equipment screen in the Event
record is Builder when you created the
linked. Inspection record, this field will
be populated with the Record ID
of that Functional Location
record.
 If you selected an Equipment
record on the Equipment screen
in the Event Builder when you
created the Inspection record,
this field will be populated with
the Record ID of the Functional
Location record to which that
Equipment record is linked.
Functional Character A hyperlink to When you click this hyperlink, the
Location ID Link the Functional Location record will be
Functional opened in Record Manager.
Location
record to
which the
Inspection
record is
linked.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 321

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Generate Logical Indicates When the value in this field is set to

Represented whether or True, Represented Inspections may be
Inspections not Inspection created.
records will This field is enabled only when the
be created Inspection record is associated with an
automatically Equipment record that is also associated
for with an Inspection Group and an
equipment Inspection Task record was created from
that is an RBI Recommendation record that was
associated created from that Inspection Group.
with
This field is not available on datasheets
Inspection
that are delivered for the External PRD
Groups that
Checklist and PRD Pop Test Checklist
you create
subfamilies and will not appear on the
using the Risk
Inspection Finding Checklist page when
Based
you open an Inspection record belonging
Inspection
to one of these subfamilies.
(RBI) module.

322 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Inspection Character A value that This field is populated automatically

Confidence indicates how based upon the value that you selected
effective in the Type of Inspection field, the value
prior that you selected in the Extent field,
inspections and the values that exist in the
were at Inspection Confidence field in Inspection
identifying Strategy records.
the Specifically, the Inspection Confidence
degradation field is populated with the value that
mechanism exists in the Inspection Confidence field
and the rate in the Inspection Strategy record whose:
of
 Inspection Task Type field
degradation.
contains the value that you
selected in the Type of
Inspection field.
 Inspection Extent field contains
the value that you selected in
the Extent field.
For example, if you selected CUI in the
Type of Inspection field and RT or Strip
25% of the Locations by Category in the
Extent field, the Inspection Confidence
field would display the value that is
stored in the Inspection Confidence field
in the Inspection Strategy record whose
Inspection Task Type and Inspection
Extent fields contain those values.
This field is not available on the baseline
Inspection datasheets.
The value that you select in this field is
used in RBI when you assign Inspection
records to RBI Degradation Mechanism
Evaluation records.
Inspection Character The status of This field displays a list of the IDs and
Document the Inspection Descriptions of the System Codes that
Status Document. are stored in the MI_STATUS (Status
Codes - CORE) System Code table.
When an Inspection record is created,
the value is set to Draft (DRAFT) by
default. You can change it to Pending
Approval when you are ready for the
reviewer to review it. Likewise, the
reviewer can change it to Approved
(APPROVED) after they have reviewed it.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 323

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Inspection Character A short This field does not contain a value by

Headline description of default. You can type a value in this
the field manually.
inspection.
Inspection Lock Logical Indicates After you lock and Inspection record,
whether or you cannot unlock it.
not the When an Inspection record is locked, all
Inspection fields except for the following fields will
record is be disabled:
locked. When
 Inspection Document Status
this field is
set to False,  Inspection Lock
the Inspection  Reviewers Name
record is  Reviewers Comments
unlocked.  Final Inspection Lock
When this
field is set to  Published
True, the After the Inspection record is locked,
Inspection you can flag it for approval using the
record is Inspection Document Status field. In
locked. addition, the record hierarchy shortcut
menu options that allow you to link new
or existing Recommendation records to
the Inspection Event record are
disabled.
You can lock an Inspection record only if
the Inspection Report Owner field
contains the first and last name
associated with your Security User
account.
Inspection Character A value used This value is generated automatically by
Reference to identify the Meridium APM System.
the Inspection
record.
Inspection Character The first and This field contains a list of Security
Report Owner last name of Users who have been assigned the
the Meridium Inspector role. When you create the
APM Security Inspection record, you will need to
User who select the name of the Meridium APM
performed Security User who performed the
the inspection.
inspection.

324 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Inspection Text A summary of This field does not contain a value by

Summary the default. You can type in this field
inspection. manually.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 325

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Inspection Task Logical Indicates This field appears on datasheets

Complete whether or configured for Inspection families whose
not the caption does not contain the word
Inspection Checklist (e.g., General Inspection). For
record is Inspection families whose caption does
closed and contain the word Checklist, the value in
the this field is modified using a button on
associated the Inspection Finding Checklist page,
Task records which is labeled Save & Close
have been Inspection or Reopen Inspection
updated. depending upon the value that is
When this populated in this field.
field is set to When you close an Inspection record:
True, the
 The value in the Completion Date
Inspection
field will be used to populate the
record is
Last Date field in the Task record
closed.
whose Record ID appears in the
Tasks Addressed field.
 If your database has been
configured correctly, a Task
Execution record will be created
automatically and linked to the
Inspection and Inspection Task
records whose Record IDs appear
in the Tasks Addressed field. The
value in the Date Executed field
in the Task Execution record will
be set automatically to the date
on which the Inspection record
was closed.
Additionally, when you close an
Inspection record via the Inspection
Finding Checklist page:
 The fields that are displayed in
the Inspection Finding Checklist
workspace become disabled.
 The Inspection Lock field in the
Inspection record is set
automatically to True.
In order to close an Inspection record via
the Inspection Finding Checklist page,
the Inspection Report Owner field must
contain a value and that value must
match the first and last name associated
with your Security User account.

326 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Is a Logical Indicates This field is available only in the General

Represented whether or Inspection family (a subfamily of the
Inspection not the Inspection family). When the value in
Inspection this field is set to True, the Inspection
record is record is considered a Represented
associated Inspection (i.e., its inspection
with a piece requirements are satisfied by the
of equipment physical inspection of another piece of
whose equipment).
inspection
requirements
are satisfied
by the
physical
inspection of
another piece
of equipment
based on
Inspection
Group data.
Published Logical Indicates When an Inspection Document has been
whether or published, it can be accessed from the
not the Published Inspection Documents page.
Inspection
Document is
published.
When this
field is set to
True, the
Inspection
Document is
considered
published.
Reason for Character Indicates why This field displays a list of the IDs and
Inspection the Descriptions of the System Codes that
inspection are stored in the MI_EVENT_REASON
was (CORE, Reason for Event) System Code
performed. Table.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 327

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Represented Logical Indicates When the value in this field is set to

Inspections whether or True, the Inspection record is associated
Generated not additional with a Representative RBI Component
Inspection for which Represented Inspections exist
records have for the related Equipment records.
been created
automatically
for
equipment
that is
associated
with
Represented
RBI
Components
based on
Inspection
Group data.
Reviewers Text The This field does not contain a value by
Comments reviewer's default. You can type a value in this
comments field if desired.
about the
Inspection
Document.
Reviewers Character The first and This field contains a list of Security
Name last name of Users who have been assigned the
the Meridium Inspection Supervisor role. When you
APM Security create the Inspection record, you should
User that is specify in this field the Security User
responsible who will be responsible for reviewing
for reviewing the Inspection record.
the Inspection
Document.

328 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Scope Text The This field displays a value based upon

recommended the value that you selected in the Type
scope for this of Inspection field, the value that you
type of selected in the Extent field, and the
inspection. values that exist in the Recommended
Inspection Scope field in Inspection
Strategy records.
Specifically, the Scope field displays the
value that exists in the Recommended
Inspection Scope field in all Inspection
Strategy records whose:
 Inspection Task Type field
contains the value that you
selected in the Type of
Inspection field.
 Inspection Extent field contains
the value that you selected in
the Extent field.
For example, if you selected CUI in the
Type of Inspection field and RT or Strip
25% of the Locations by Category in the
Extent field, the Scope field would
display the value that is stored in the
Recommended Inspection Scope field in
the Inspection Strategy record whose
Inspection Task Type and Inspection
Extent fields contain those values.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 329

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Tasks Character The tasks that You can select Task records associated
Addressed are addressed with the Inspection record from the list
by the of Task Record IDs:
inspection.  When you create an Inspection
record using the Event Builder,
on the Task(s) Selection screen.
 When you open an existing
Inspection record:
 Defined for a family
whose caption includes
the word Checklist, on
the Inspection Finding
Checklist page, in the
Tasks Addressed list.
 Defined for a family
whose caption does not
include the word
Checklist, in Record
Manager, in the Tasks
Addressed list in the
Inspection datasheet.

330 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Type of Character The type of This field displays a list of values that
Inspection inspection are stored in the Task Type ID field in
that was Task Types records whose Reference
performed. field contains the value
INSPECTION_STRATEGY.
The values that appear in this list
depend upon the type of Inspection
record that you are viewing. For
Inspection records belonging to:
 The PRD Pop Test Checklist
subfamily, the values in this list
are populated using the System
Code Table
MI_PRD_INSPECTION_TYPE_FILTE
R (PRD Inspection Type Filter).
 Any Inspection subfamily except
the PRD Pop Test Checklist
subfamily, this list is populated
with the Task Type ID value in
each Task Types record that does
not correspond with a value in
the System Code Table
MI_PRD_INSPECTION_TYPE_FILTE
R (PRD Inspection Type Filter).

Bundle Sub-Inspection

Bundle Sub-Inspection records store information about inspections that you

perform on tube bundle equipment. The following table provides an
alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist in the Bundle Sub-
Inspection family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and
behavior of these fields.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 331

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Action This Character The action that This field displays a list of the IDs
Inspection was performed and Descriptions of the System
on the tube Codes that are stored in the
bundle during MI_BUNDLE_ACTION (Inspection;
the inspection. Inspection/Maintenance Actions
taken on an exchanger bundle)
System Code Table. The value No
Action (NO ACTION) is selected in
the list by default.
Asset ID Character The Record ID of The Bundle Sub-Inspection
the Equipment datasheet caption for this field is
record to which Bundle Tag.
the Bundle Sub-
Inspection
record is linked.
Bundle Type Character The type of the This field is populated with a list of
tube bundle the IDs and Descriptions of the
equipment. System Codes that are stored in the
MI_BUNDLE_TYPE (Inspection;
Bundle Types) System Code Table.
Bundle Text A summary of You can use this field to record any
Inspection the inspection. additional information about the
Summary inspection that is not stored in
another field in the Bundle Sub-
Inspection record.
Percentage Number The percentage This value is calculated using the
Heat of the area of following formula:
Transfer the tube bundle Percentage Heat Transfer Area
Area Loss that will Loss = (Total Number of Tubes
experience heat Plugged At Inspection End / Total
transfer loss due Number of Tubes In Bundle) x 100
to plugged
tubes.

332 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Total Number The number of This value is used to calculate the

Number Of tubes in the value in the Percentage Heat
Tubes In tube bundle. Transfer Area Loss field. This field
Bundle contains the value 0 (zero) by
default.
If you enter a value in this field,
save the record, and then modify
the value, the following fields will
be populated with the value 0
(zero), because if you modify the
value in the Total Number Of Tubes In
Bundle field after saving the record,
you should re‐enter values in these
fields:
 Tubes Plugged At Inspection
Start
 Tubes (Plugged At Start)
Replaced
 Tubes Plugged During This
Inspection
 Tubes (Not Previously
Plugged) Replaced
 Total Number of Tubes
Replaced at Inspection End
The value in this field must be
greater than or equal to the:
 Value in the Tubes Plugged
At Inspection Start field.
 Value in the Tubes Plugged
During This Inspection field.
 Sum of the values in the
Tubes Plugged At Inspection
Start and Tubes Plugged
During This Inspection
fields.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 333

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Total Number The number of This field is populated based upon

Number of tubes in the the following values:
Tubes tube bundle  Tubes Plugged At Inspection
Plugged At that were Start
Inspection plugged at the
 Tubes Plugged During
End end of the
Inspection
inspection.
 Tubes (Plugged At Start)
Replaced
Depending upon which of these
fields contain values, this field is
populated as follows:
 If only the Tubes Plugged At
Inspection Start field
contains a value, the Total
Number of Tubes Plugged At
Inspection End field is
populated with that value.
 If the Tubes Plugged At
Inspection Start and Tubes
Plugged During Inspection
fields contain values, the
Total Number of Tubes
Plugged At Inspection End
field is populated with the
sum of these values.
 If all three fields contain
values, the Total Number of
Tubes Plugged At Inspection
End field is populated with
the sum of the values in the
Tubes Plugged At Inspection
Start and Tubes Plugged
During Inspection minus the
value in the Tubes (Plugged
At Start) Replaced field.
This field is disabled when the
Action This Inspection field
contains a value.

334 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Total Number The total This field contains the value 0

Number of number of tubes (zero) by default.
Tubes in the tube This field is disabled when the
Replaced at bundle that Action This Inspection field
Inspection have been contains a value. When the Action
End replaced at the This Inspection field contains the
end of a given value:
inspection.
 Partial Retube (PARTIAL
RETUBE), this field is
populated with the sum of
the values in the Tubes
(Plugged At Start) Replaced
and Tubes (Not Previously
Plugged) Replaced fields. If
only one of these fields
contains a value, the Total
Number of Tubes Replaced
at Inspection End field is
populated with that value.
 Bundle Replaced (BUNDLE
REPLACED) or Total Retube
(TOTAL RETUBE), this field
is populated with the value
in the Total Number of
Tubes In Bundle field.
 Tubes Plugged (TUBES
PLUGGED) or No Action (NO
ACTION), this field is
populated with the value 0
(zero).
Tubes Number The number of This field contains the value 0
Plugged At tubes in the (zero) by default.
Inspection tube bundle The value in this field must be:
Start that were
 Greater than or equal to
plugged before
the value in the Tubes
the inspection
(Plugged At Start) Replaced
started.
field.
 Less than or equal to the
value in the Total Number
Of Tubes In Bundle field.
This value is used to calculate the
value in the Percentage Heat
Transfer Area Loss field.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 335

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Tubes Number The number of This field is enabled only when the
(Plugged At tubes in the value in the Action This Inspection
Start) tube bundle field is Partial Retube (PARTIAL
Replaced that were RETUBE). This value must be less
plugged before than or equal to the value in the
the inspection Tubes Plugged At Inspection Start
started but were field. This field contains the value
replaced during 0 (zero) by default.
the inspection.
Tubes Number The number of This field is enabled only when the
Plugged tubes in the Action This Inspection field
During This tube bundle contains a value other than No
Inspection that were Action (NO ACTION). This field
plugged during contains the value 0 (zero) by
the inspection. default.
The value in this field must be less
than or equal to the value in the
Total Number Of Tubes In Bundle
field.
When the value in the Action This
Inspection field is Bundle Replaced
(BUNDLE REPLACED), this field is
populated with the value 0 (zero).
Tubes (Not Number The number of This field is enabled only when the
Previously tubes in the value in the Action This Inspection
Plugged) tube bundle field is Partial Retube (PARTIAL
Replaced that were not RETUBE). This field contains the
plugged before value 0 (zero) by default.
the inspection
started but were
replaced during
the inspection.

PRD Pop Test Checklist

PRD Pop Test Checklist records store information about the external functional
inspections that you perform on pressure relief devices (PRDs). The following
table provides an alphabetical list of the fields that are unique to this type of
Inspection record. All of the fields listed in this table appear on the datasheet
that is delivered for the PRD Pop Test Checklist family. For information about

336 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

fields that are common to all Inspection records, see the Inspection family field
description topic.

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

As Found Number The pressure at This field accepts non-negative,

Pop which the PRD opens numeric values only (e.g., 10).
Pressure at the time of the
inspection.
As Left Number The pressure at This field accepts non-negative,
Pop which the PRD opens numeric values only (e.g., 10).
Pressure after maintenance
has been performed
on the PRD (e.g.,
cleaning).
Design Number The pressure at This field accepts non-negative,
Set which the PRD was numeric values only (e.g., 10).
Pressure designed to open.
Leak Character The type of leak On the datasheet, this field
Category that is associated appears as list that contains the
with the PRD. following values:
 Minor
 Moderate
 Stuck Open
This list is populated with the
descriptions of the System Codes
that are stored in the
MI_INSPECTION_LEAK_CATEGORY
(Inspection Leak Category) System
Code Table.
This field is enabled and can
retain a value only when the Leak
Test Results field contains the
value Leak.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 337

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Leak Test Character Indicates whether or On the datasheet, this field

Results not there was a leak appears as a list that contains the
detected on the PRD following values:
during the  No Leak
inspection.
 Leak
This list is populated with the
descriptions of referenced System
Codes for the
MI_INSP_RESULTS_LEAK System
Code that is stored in the System
Code Table with the ID
MI_RBI_REFERENCES.
Over Character Indicates whether or On the datasheet, this field
Pressure not the PRD passed appears as a list that contains the
Test the pressure test following values:
Results that you performed  Pass
during the
 Fail
inspection.
This list is populated with the
descriptions of referenced System
Codes for the
MI_INSP_RESULTS_OVER_PRESSURE
System Code that is stored in the
System Code Table with the ID
MI_RBI_REFERENCES.

General Finding
General Finding records store information about the results of an inspection at
the subcomponent level. The following table provides an alphabetical list and
description of the fields that exist in the General Finding family. The
information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these
fields. This list is not comprehensive.

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Action Taken Character The action This field displays a list of the IDs
Code taken to and Descriptions of the System
address the Codes that are stored in the
finding of an MI_Action (CORE, Actions Taken)
inspection. System Code Table.

338 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Action Taken Text A description You can use this field to record any
Description of the action additional information about the
taken to action that is not stored in another
address the field in the General Finding record.
finding of an
inspection.
Deterioration Character The This field displays a list of the IDs
Mechanism Degradation and Descriptions of the System
Mechanism Codes that are stored in the
that was MI_DAMAGE_MECHANISM (Inspection,
observed Damage Mechanism) System Code
during the Table. The datasheet caption for
inspection. this field is As Found Degradation
Mechanism.
Deterioration Character How the This field displays a list of the IDs
Mode Degradation and Descriptions of the System
Mechanism Codes that are stored in the
was observed MI_DAMAGE_MODE (Inspection,
during the Damage Mode) System Code Table.
inspection.
Expected RBI Character The Potential This field contains the value that is
Degradation Degradation stored in the RBI Degradation
Mechanism Mechanism Mechanism field in the Inspection
associated Method record that corresponds with
with the the selection in the Inspection
Inspection Method Item field.
Method Item. If the Inspection Method record that
corresponds with the selection in the
Inspection Method Item field does
not contain a value in the RBI
Degradation Mechanism field, this
field does not contain a value.
This field is always disabled.
Finding Text A summary of You can use this field to record any
Summary the findings of additional information about the
the findings that are not stored in
inspection. another field in the General Finding
record.
Headline Character A short This field does not contain a value
description of by default. You can type a value in
the findings of this field if desired.
the
inspection.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 339

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Inspection Character The Inspection This field displays a list of the IDs
Method Item Method that and Descriptions of the System
corresponds Codes that are stored in the
with the MI_INSPECTION_METHOD_CATEGORY
Inspection (Inspection Method Category) System
Profile for Code Table. This field is enabled
which findings only when the Inspection Profile
are being Item field contains a value.
recorded.
Inspection Character The Inspection This field is populated with a list of
Profile Item Profile that the Inspection Profiles that you have
represents the defined for the particular Inspection
subcomponent Scope.
for which
findings are
being
recorded.
Predictable Character Indicates This field displays a list of the IDs
whether or and Descriptions of the System
not past Codes that are stored in the
events could MI_YES_NO (MI Core, Yes-No) System
have Code Table.
predicted the
findings of the
inspection.
Predicted Character Indicates This field displays a list of the IDs
whether or and Descriptions of the System
not the Codes that are stored in the
findings were MI_YES_NO (MI Core, Yes-No) System
predicted by a Code Table.
past event.
RBI Character The RBI This field contains the value that is
Component Component stored in the RBI Component field in
that is the Inspection Profile record that
associated corresponds with the selection in the
with the Inspection Profile Item field.
Inspection If the Inspection Profile record that
Profile Item. corresponds with the selection in the
Inspection Profile Item field does not
contain a value in the RBI
Component field, this field does not
contain a value.
This field is always disabled.

340 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Type Character The type of This field displays a list of the IDs of
inspection the System Codes that are stored in
findings for the MI_FINDING_TYPE (MI Inspection,
which you are Provides categories for an inspection
creating a finding) System Code Table.
General
Finding
record.

Checklist Finding
Checklist Finding records store information about the results of an inspection at
the subcomponent level. These records are used on the Inspection Finding
Checklist page, which appears when you create or open an Inspection record
belonging to an Inspection family whose caption contains the word Checklist.

The following table provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields
that exist in the Checklist Finding family. The information in the table reflects
the baseline state and behavior of these fields.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 341

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Category Character The category On the Inspection Finding Checklist page, each section corresp
into which the to a category and is labeled with the description of a System Co
subcomponent that belongs to one of the following System Code Tables:
can be  MI_API_510_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (A
grouped (e.g., Internal Checklist Finding Section)
Linings).
 MI_API_510_INTERNAL_EXCHANGER_CHECKLIST_FINDING
(API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist Finding Section)
 MI_API_570_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (A
External Checklist Finding Section)
 MI_API_653_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (A
External Checklist Finding Section)
 MI_API_653_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (A
Internal Checklist Finding Section)
 MI_EXTERNAL_PRD_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (Exte
PRD Checklist Finding Section)
 MI_PRD_PT_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (PRD Pop Tes
Checklist Finding Sections)
The specific sections that are displayed on the page are based u
the family to which the Inspection record belongs.
For example, if the Inspection record belongs to the API 510 Int
Checklist family, the sections that are displayed are labeled wi
descriptions of the System Codes that belong to the
MI_API_510_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (API 510
Internal Checklist Finding Section) System Code Table.
Name Character A short On the Inspection Finding Checklist page, in each finding secti
description of the first column displays a subset of values that are stored in th
the item you MI_CHECKLIST_FINDING_ITEMS (Checklist Finding Items) System
were Table. The specific values that are displayed in each finding sec
inspecting or are based upon the family to which the Inspection record belon
the condition System Codes that belong to the corresponding System Code Ta
for which you and the System Codes that those System Codes reference.
were looking For example, suppose you are viewing an Inspection record belo
(e.g., Anchor to the API 510 Internal Checklist family. This family correspond
Bolts, Leaks). the MI_API_510_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS (API
Internal Checklist Finding Section) System Code Table, which co
various System Codes, such as Head. Each of the System Codes
belonging to this System Code Table references another System
such as Blistering.
Using this example, on the Inspection Finding Checklist page,
would see the Head section, which would contain a row with th
value Blistering in the first column.

342 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Value Character The specific On the Inspection Finding Checklist page, in each finding secti
finding for the the Finding Value column displays a list of values that are store
inspected the MI_CHECKLIST_FINDING_TYPES (Checklist Finding Types) Sys
item or Code Table.
condition
(e.g., Yes).

Work Pack
Work Pack records store preparation information about inspection work that
needs to be performed for equipment and/or locations. The following table
provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that exist in the Work
Pack family. The information in the table reflects the baseline state and
behavior of these fields.

Field Data Type Description Behavior and Usage

Work Pack Character A description of the This is a required field.

Description Work Pack record You must enter a value in
this field before you can
save a Work Pack record.
Work Pack ID Character The Record ID of the This is a required field.
Work Pack record You must enter a value in
this field before you can
save a Work Pack record.
Preparation Text Preparation You should enter any
Details information about the preparation details about
inspection work the inspections in this
associated with the field.
Work Pack record For example, if a unit
needs to be shut down
for an inspection
associated with a Work
Pack record, you might
type the value Unit A
shut down required in
this field.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 343

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Time Based Inspection Interval

Time Based Inspection Interval records store information about the inspection
intervals that you define when you create time-based inspection settings. The
following table provides an alphabetical list and description of the fields that
exist for the Time Based Inspection Interval family. The information in the
table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these fields. All fields in the
family appear on the Time Based Inspection Interval datasheet by default.

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Description Text Details about the This field is populated with the
inspection interval. value that you type in the
Description cell on the Time-
Based Inspection Settings page
when you create or modify time-
based inspection settings.
Interval Number The interval by This field is populated with the
which the value that you type in the
associated piece of Interval (Months) cell on the
equipment should Time-Based Inspection Settings
be inspected, in page when you create or modify
months. time-based inspection settings.
Task Type Character The type of This field is populated with the
inspection that value that is stored in the Task
should be Type ID field in the Task Types
performed on the record associated with the time-
piece of equipment based inspection setting (i.e., the
at the interval task type for which an inspection
indicated in the interval is defined on the Time-
Interval field. Based Inspection Settings page).

Time Based Inspection Setting

Time Based Inspection Setting records store information about the Equipment
record, Functional Location record, and/or Criticality Calculator RBI
Components family that is associated with the time-based inspection settings
that you have defined. The following table provides an alphabetical list and
description of the fields that exist for the Time Based Inspection Setting family.
The information in the table reflects the baseline state and behavior of these
fields. All fields in the family appear on the Time Based Inspection Setting
datasheet by default.

344 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Component Character The caption of the This field is populated with

Family Criticality Calculator the value defined in the
RBI Components Component Family cell on the
family that is Time-Based Inspection
associated with the Settings page when you
Time Based create or modify time-based
Inspection Setting inspection settings.
record.
Equipment Number The Record ID of the This field is populated with
ID Equipment record the value defined in the
that is associated Equipment ID cell on the
with the Time Based Time-Based Inspection
Inspection Setting Settings page when you
record. create or modify time-based
inspection settings.
Unit Number The Record ID of the This field is populated with
Functional Location the value defined in the Unit
record that is cell on the Time-Based
associated with the Inspection Settings page
Time Based when you create or modify
Inspection Setting time-based inspection
record. settings.

Inspection Profile
Inspection Profile records represent subcomponents of a piece of equipment on
which inspections are performed. The following table provides an alphabetical
list and description of the fields that exist in the Inspection Profile family. All
fields in the Inspection Profile family, with the exception of those noted in the
table, appear on the Inspection Profile datasheet (displayed on the Inspection
Profile tab on the Inspection Profile page), by default.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 345

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Item Character The type of On the datasheet, this field appears

Category subcomponent as a list that contains the System
(e.g., pipes) that Code IDs and Descriptions in the
exists on the MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY
piece of (Inspection, Profile Category)
equipment System Code Table. The Profile
needing Configuration setting determines
inspection. how this field will be populated.
You can modify the value in this
field using the datasheet.
Item Character A description of You can specify a value for this
Description the field using the datasheet.
subcomponent.
Item ID Character The ID of the This field is populated
subcomponent. automatically based upon the value
in the Item Category field. You can
modify the value in the Item ID
field using the datasheet.
Predecessor Number The Entity Key By default, this field is not
Entity Key of the displayed on the datasheet and is
Equipment populated automatically when you
record to which create a new Inspection Profile
the Inspection record.
Profile record is
linked.
RBI Character The Record ID of On the datasheet, this field appears
Component the Criticality as a list that contains the Record
Calculator RBI IDs of all Criticality Calculator RBI
Components Components records that are linked
record that is to the associated Equipment
associated with record. This field is null, by
the Inspection default.
Profile record. This field is enabled only when the
Risk Based Inspection license is
active.

346 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

RBI Character The Criticality On the datasheet, this field appears

Component Calculator RBI as a list that contains the captions
Family Components of all Criticality Calculator RBI
subfamily that is Components subfamilies that exist
associated with in the baseline Meridium APM
the Inspection database. This field is populated
Profile record. automatically when you select a
value in the RBI Component list.
You can modify the selection in this
list using the datasheet.
Sequence Number The order in You can specify a value for this
which the field using the datasheet.
subcomponent
should be
inspected,
relative to other
subcomponents
on the piece of
equipment.

Inspection Method
Inspection Method records represent the method that will be used to inspect a
subcomponent of a piece of equipment that is represented by a linked
Inspection Profile record. The following table provides an alphabetical list and
description of the fields that exist in the Inspection Method family. All fields in
the Inspection Method family, with the exception of those noted in the table,
appear on the Inspection Method datasheet (displayed on the Inspection
Method tab on the Inspection Profile page), by default.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 347

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

Category Character The method that On the datasheet, this field appears
should be used as a list that contains the System
to inspect the Code IDs and Descriptions in the
subcomponent MI_INSPECTION_METHOD_CATEGORY
that is (Inspection Method Category)
represented by System Code Table. The Method
an Inspection Configuration setting determines
Profile record to how this field will be populated.
which the You can modify the value in this
Inspection field using the datasheet.
Method record is
linked.
Description Character A description of You can specify a value for this field
the Inspection using the datasheet.
Method.
ID Character The ID of the This field is populated
inspection automatically based upon the value
method. in the Category field. You can
modify the value in the ID field
using the datasheet.
Predecessor Number The Entity Key By default, this field does not
Asset Entity of the appear on the datasheet and is
Key Equipment populated automatically when you
record that is create an Inspection Method record.
linked to the
Inspection
Profile record to
which the
Inspection
Method record is
linked.
Predecessor Number The Entity Key By default, this field does not
Profile of the appear on the datasheet and is
Entity Key Inspection populated automatically when you
Profile record to create an Inspection Method record.
which the
Inspection
Method record is
linked.

348 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Field Data Description Behavior and Usage

Type

RBI Character The Potential On the datasheet, this field appears

Degradation Degradation as a list that contains the Record
Mechanism Mechanisms IDs of all Potential Degradation
record that is Mechanisms records that are linked
associated with to the Criticality Calculator RBI
the Inspection Components record that is
Method record. associated with the Inspection
Profile record to which the
Inspection Method record is linked.
You can specify a value for this field
using the datasheet.

System Code Tables Used by Inspection

Management
The following table provides a list of the System Code Tables that are used by
Inspection Management.

Table ID Table Description

INSM Inspection Interval Types Use

Inte
Tas
INST Inspection Status Code Unk

MI_ACTION CORE, Actions Taken Use

Tak
Find
syst
refe
INSP
app
Cod
MI_API_510_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS API 510 External Checklist Finding Use
Section row
Che

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 349

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Table ID Table Description

MI_API_510_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS API 510 Internal Checklist Finding Use

Section row
Che
MI_API_510_INTERNAL_EXCHANGER_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SE API 510 Internal Exchanger Checklist Use
Finding Section row
Che
MI_API_570_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS API 570 External Checklist Finding Use
Section row
Che
MI_API_653_EXTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS API 653 External Checklist Finding Use
Section row
Che
MI_API_653_INTERNAL_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS API 653 Internal Checklist Finding Use
Section row
Che
MI_BUNDLE_ACTION Inspection; Inspection / Use
Maintenance Actions taken on a Thi
exchanger bundle Sub
MI_BUNDLE_TYPE Inspection; Bundle Types Use
Typ
Insp
MI_BUSINESS_IMPACT CORE, Impact to company's Use
production carrying out equipment Imp
work Rec
MI_CHECKLIST_FINDING_ITEMS Checklist Finding Items Use
firs
Fin

MI_CHECKLIST_FINDING_TYPES Checklist Finding Types Use

Val
Fin

MI_COMPLIANCE_STANDARD CORE, Compliance Standard Use

Cer
Per
Not
tha
INSP
in t

350 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Table ID Table Description

MI_CORE_REFERENCES CORE, Used to limit values by Use

common components in In
reco
MI_DAMAGE_MECHANISM Inspection, Damage Mechanisms Use
Mec
Find
MI_DAMAGE_MODE Inspection, Damage Mode Use
Mod
reco
MI_DEGRADATION_MECHANISM_TYPES Degradation Mechanism Types Use
Deg
Insp

MI_EQUIP_OP_STATE MI Inspection, Equipment Operating Use

State Equ
in In
only
con
INSP
app
Ope
MI_EVENT_REASON CORE, Reason for Event Use
for
reco

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 351

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Table ID Table Description

MI_EXTERNAL_PRD_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS External PRD Checklist Finding Use

Section row
Che
MI_FINDING_TYPE MI Inspection, Provides categories Use
for an inspection finding in G
MI_FREQUENCIES CORE, Frequencies Use
Fre
Dat
Rec
tha
con
INSP
app
Ale
MI_INSPECTION_METHOD_CATEGORY MI_INSPECTION_METHOD_CATEGORY Use
list
reco
MI_INSPECTION_METHOD_REFERENCE MI Inspection, Stores system codes Unk
that represent Inspection Methods

MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_CATEGORY Inspection, Profile Category Use

Cat
Pro
MI_INSPECTION_PROFILE_REFERENCE MI Inspection, Stores the equipment Unk
family ID's in order to limit the
Profile Categories shown for a piece
of equipment. Built during
implementation when equipment
model known
MI_INSPECTION_REFERENCES MI Inspection, Inspection Reference Unk
Codes - Inspection - Used to limit
values in System Code Tables to
values used in the inspection
solution
MI_INSPECTION_STRATEGY MI Inspection Strategy Unk

MI_PDM_FILTER MI RBI, Potential Degradation Filter Use

Deg
Insp
the
sub

352 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Table ID Table Description

MI_PRD_INSPECTION_TYPE_FILTER PRD Inspection Type Filter Use

Insp
Che
MI_PRD_PT_CHECKLIST_FINDING_SECTIONS PRD Pop Test Checklist Finding Use
Sections row
Che
MI_PRIORITY CORE, baseline priority types Use
Rec
in In
reco
MI_RECOMMENDATION_TYPE CORE, Recommendation Type Use
Rec
Insp
reco
Not
Typ
bas
Rec
MI_RESOURCE_ROLE List of user roles Use
Res
MI_STATUS Status Codes - CORE Use
Doc
Insp
only
con
INSP
app
Doc
MI_TASK_TYPE_REFERENCE CORE, Reference values to limit Use
task type lists when creating ta Ref
reco
MI_TEST_MEDIA Fluids used for testing Use
Med
Insp
MI_YES_NO MI Core, Yes-No Use
Pre
Find

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 353

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

URLs
URL Paths for Inspection Management
The following table lists and describes the paths for the Inspection Management
module. Note that to construct a valid URL, you must prepend meridium:// to
the path. In some cases, you must define parameters following the path.

Feature URL Path Description

Inspection Inspection Displays the Inspection Start

Start Page Page. This path does not accept
parameters.
Inspection Inspection/Administration Displays the Inspection
Administration Administration page. This path
Page accepts parameters.
Inspection Inspection/Alerts Executes the All Inspection
Alerts Page Alerts query and displays the
results on the Inspection Alerts
page. This path does not accept
parameters.
Event Builder Inspection/Builder Displays the Event Builder,
where you can create a new
Inspection record. This path
accepts the same parameters as
the Event Builder URL. Note
that when you use the
Inspection/Builder path, the list
of families on the Event screen
is limited to only Inspection
families that are related to the
selected Equipment or
Functional Location record.
Inspection Inspection/ChecklistFinding Serves as the root address for
Finding accessing the Inspection Finding
Checklist Page Checklist page. This path
requires parameters.
Inspection Inspection/Configuration Displays the Inspection
Configuration Configuration page, where you
Page can configure administrative
settings for Inspection. This path
does not accept parameters.

354 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Feature URL Path Description

Search Page Inspection/Finder Displays the Search page. This

path accepts the same
parameters as search URLs.
Inspection Inspection/InspectionScoping Displays the Inspection Scope
Scope Builder, where you can select
the Task record, Equipment
record, Inspection Profile
records, and Inspection Method
records that are included in the
Inspection Scope that you want
to define. This path accepts
parameters.
Manage Work Inspection/ManageWorkPacks Displays the Manage Work Packs
Packs Page page, where you can select the
Work Pack record that you want
to open. This path does not
accept parameters.
Work Pack Inspection/EditWorkPack Serves as the path for URLs that
Page provide access to specific Work
Pack records. This path requires
parameters.
Inspection Inspection/Manage Serves as the path for URLs that
Management provide access to managing
Inspection components. This
path requires parameters.
Inspection Inspection/ProposedTasks Serves as the path for URLs that
Task Records provide access to managing
Inspection Task records. This
path requires parameters.
Published Inspection/Published Runs the Published Documents
Inspection query and displays the results on
Documents the Published Inspection
Page Documents page. Note that
while this URL does not require
that you define parameters, if
the Published Documents query
contains one or more prompts,
you can pass in values for the
prompts via this URL.
Inspection Inspection/Query Runs the specified query and
Queries displays the results in Inspection
Management. This path requires
parameters.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 355

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Feature URL Path Description

Inspection Inspection/Report Serves as the path for URLs that

Reports provide access to Inspection
reports. This path requires
parameters.
Human Inspection/Resources Serves as the path for URLs that
Resource provide access to Inspection
Records resources. This path requires
parameters.
Review and Inspection/Review Displays the Review and
Approve Approve Inspection Documents
Inspection page, where you can access
Documents Inspection records that are ready
Page to be reviewed and approved.
Inspection Inspection/Search Displays the Inspection Manage
Manage Documents page, where you can
Documents manage Inspection Documents.
Page
Inspection Inspection/Summary Runs the Inspection History
History Summary query and displays the
Summary results on the Inspection History
Query Page Summary Query page.
TM Analysis Inspection/ThicknessAnalysis Serves as the path for accessing
Page the TM Analysis page for a
specified Equipment or
Functional Location record. This
path requires parameters.

Manage Inspection URLs

Parameters for the Manage Inspection URL

The path meridium://Inspection/Manage serves as the starting point for

constructing a URL that will create a new Inspection Document, display the
inspection history, or provide access to Inspection Profiles. The following table
lists and describes the parameters that are accepted by the path. Note that a
link constructed from the path with no parameters will be nonfunctional.

356 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Parameter Name Description Accepted Notes

Value(s)

EquipmentKey Specifies The Entity Key This parameter is

the of the desired required.
Equipment Equipment or
or Functional
Functional Location record.
Location
record
whose
inspections
you want to
manage.
InspectionFamilyKey Specifies The Family Key When
the family of the desired Mode=CreateDocument,
of the type family. you can optionally use
of this parameter to create
Inspection a specific type of
record that Inspection record. If you
you want to do not specify the
create. InspectionFamilyKey
parameter when using
the CreateDocument
value, you will be
prompted to select a
valid Inspection Event
family before
proceeding to create
the Inspection record.
InspectionKey Specifies The Entity Key None
the of the desired
Inspection Inspection
record that record.
you want to
view.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 357

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Parameter Name Description Accepted Notes

Value(s)

Mode Specifies CreateDocument  CreateDocument:

the type of EditDocuments Generates a new
operation Inspection record
Profiles
which that is linked to the
should record with the
occur. Entity Key that is
specified by the
EquipmentKey
parameter.
 EditDocuments:
Passes the specified
EquipmentKey to
the Summary Query
configured on the
Inspection
Configuration page
and displays the
results of the
Summary Query for
the specified
Equipment or
Functional Location
record on the
Inspection History
Summary Query
page.
 Profiles: Displays
the Manage
Equipment Profiles
page, where you
can manage the
Inspection Profile of
the Equipment
record with the
Entity Key that is
specified by the
EquipmentKey
parameter.

358 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Examples of the Manage Inspection URL

 meridium://Inspection/Manage?EquipmentKey=1234567&Mode=Creat
eDocument

Creates a new Inspection record that is linked to the Equipment record

with the Entity Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/Manage?EquipmentKey=1234567&Mode=CreateDo
cument&InspectionFamilyKey=12345

Creates a new Inspection record in the family with the Family Key
12345. The Inspection record will be linked to the Equipment record
with the Entity Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/Manage?EquipmentKey=1234567&Mode=EditDocu
ments

Allows you to edit an Inspection record that is linked to the Equipment

record with the Entity Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/Manage?EquipmentKey=1234567&Mode=Profiles

Displays the Inspection Profile for the Equipment record with the Entity
Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/Manage?InspectionKey=1234567

Displays the Inspection record with the Entity Key 1234567.

Inspection Administration Page URL

Parameters for the Inspection Administration Page URL

There is one root URL associated with the Inspection Administration page:
meridium://Inspection/Administration. A link constructed from the path alone
will display the Inspection Administration page. The following table lists the
parameter accepted by the path.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 359

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

View Specifies that the TimeBased None

Time-Based
Inspection Settings
page should be
displayed.

Examples of the Inspection Administration Page URL

 meridium://Inspection/Administration?View=TimeBased

Displays the Time-Based Inspection Settings page.

Inspection Finding Checklist Page URL

Parameters for the Inspection Finding Checklist Page URL

There is one root URL associated with the Inspection Finding Checklist page:
meridium://Inspection/ChecklistFinding. The following table lists and
describes the parameters that are accepted by the path. Note that a link
constructed from the path with no parameters will be nonfunctional.

Parameter Name Description Accepted Notes

Value(s)

ChecklistFamilyEntityKey Specifies the Entity Key of The Entity This

the Inspection record that Key of the parameter
you want to view on the desired is
Inspection Finding Inspection required.
Checklist page. record.
ExplorerPath Specifies the Catalog path The None
to the configured explorer Catalog
that is defined for the path to the
family of the Inspection desired
record that you want to configured
view on the Inspection explorer.
Finding Checklist page.

360 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Examples of the Inspection Finding Checklist Page URL

 meridium://Inspection/ChecklistFinding?ChecklistFamilyEntityKey=123
456

Displays on the Inspection Finding Checklist page the Inspection record

with the Entity Key 123456.

 meridium://Inspection/ChecklistFinding?ChecklistFamilyEntityKey=1234
56&ExplorerPath=Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Explorers\Inspe
ction Explorer

Displays on the Inspection Finding Checklist page the Inspection record

with the Entity Key 123456. The contents of the record hierarchy are
controlled by the configured explorer with the name Inspection
Explorer.

Inspection Scope URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Scope URL

There is one root URL associated with an Inspection Scope:

meridium://Inspection/InspectionScoping. A link constructed from the path
alone will open the Inspection Scope Builder, where you can select the Task
record, Equipment record, Inspection Profile records, and Inspection Method
records that are included in the Inspection Scope that you want to define. The
following table lists and describes the parameters that are accepted by the
path.

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

EquipmentKey Specifies the The Entity Key None

Equipment record of the desired
that you want to Equipment
include in the record.
Inspection Scope.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 361

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

TaskEntityKey Specifies the Task The Entity Key If you use the
record that you of the desired TaskEntityKEy
want to include in Task record. parameter, you must
the Inspection also use the
Scope. EquipmentKey
parameter.

Examples of the Inspection Scope URL

 meridium://Inspection/InspectionScoping

Displays the Welcome screen of the Inspection Scope Builder. You can
use the Inspection Scope Builder to select the Equipment record, Task
record, Inspection Profile records, and Inspection Method records that
you want to include in the Inspection Scope.

 meridium://Inspection/InspectionScoping?EquipmentKey=1234567

Displays the Select New or Existing Task screen of the Inspection

Scope Builder, where you can select the Task record that you want to
include in the Inspection Scope. The Equpiment record with the Entity
Key 1234567 will be included in the Inspection Scope automatically.

 meridium://Inspection/InspectionScoping?EquipmentKey=1234567&Task
EntityKey=7654321

Displays the Inspection Scope page, where you can define the
Inspection Scope that includes the Equipment record with the Entity Key
1234567 and the Task record that includes the Entity Key 7654321.

Manage Work Packs Page URL

There is one root URL associated with the Manage Work Packs page:
meridium://Inspection/ManageWorkPacks. A link constructed from the path
alone will open the Manage Work Packs page, where you can select the Work
Pack record that you want to open. This URL does not accept any parameters.

362 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Inspection Work Pack Page URL

There is one root URL associated with the Inspection Work Pack page:
meridium://Inspection/EditWorkPack. This URL requires the parameter
WorkPackKey, which specifies the Entity Key of the Work Pack record that you
want to view. A link constructed from the path alone will be nonfunctional.

Proposed Tasks URLs

Parameters for the Proposed Tasks URL

The path meridium://Inspection/ProposedTasks serves as the starting point

for constructing a URL that will access Inspection Task records. The following
table lists and describes the parameters that are accepted by the path. Note
that a link constructed from the path with NO parameters will be
nonfunctional.

Parameter Name Description Accepted Notes

Value(s)

EquipmentKey Specifies the The Entity Use this parameter

Equipment or Key of the if you want to view
Functional desired all the Task records
Location record Equipment or that are linked to a
that is linked to Functional specific Equipment
the Task records Location or Functional
that you want to record. Location record.
manage.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 363

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Parameter Name Description Accepted Notes

Value(s)

EquipmentTasks Specifies that you TRUE This parameter

want to view the must be used in
Task records that conjunction with
are linked to the the InpsectionKey
Equipment record parameter.
to which the You should use this
specified parameter if the
Inspection record specified Inspection
is linked. record is linked to
both an Equipment
record and a
Functional Location
record.
If the specified
Inspection record is
linked to either an
Equipment record or
a Functional
Location but not
both, you can omit
this parameter.
This parameter also
accepts the value
False, but specifying
False has the same
effect as omitting
the parameter.

364 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Parameter Name Description Accepted Notes

Value(s)

LocationTasks Specifies that you TRUE This parameter

want to view the must be used in
Task records that conjunction with
are linked to the the InpsectionKey
Functional parameter.
Location record to You should use this
which the parameter if the
specified specified Inspection
Inspection record record is linked to
is linked. both an Equipment
record and a
Functional Location
record.
If the specified
Inspection record is
linked to either an
Equipment record or
a Functional
Location but not
both, you can omit
this parameter.
This parameter also
accepts the value
False, but specifying
False has the same
effect as omitting
the parameter.
ExecuteAllStrategies Specifies whether TRUE If you omit this
all strategy rules parameter, strategy
should be rules will not be
executed for the executed.
equipment or
location before
redirecting to the
Task List page.
InspectionKey Specifies the The Entity None
Inspection record Key of the
whose associated desired
Task records you Inspection
want to manage. record.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 365

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Examples of the Proposed Tasks URL

 meridium://Inspection/ProposedTasks?EquipmentKey=1234567

Opens the Task List page, displaying the Task records that are linked to
the Equipment record with the Entity Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/ProposedTasks?InspectionKey=1234567

Opens the Task List page, displaying Task records that are linked to the
Equipment records that are linked to the Inspection record with the
Entity Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/ProposedTasks?InspectionKey=1234567&Equipme
ntTasks=TRUE

Opens the Task List page, displaying Task records that are linked to the
Equipment record that is linked to the Inspection record with the Entity
Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/ProposedTasks?InspectionKey=1234567&Location
Tasks=TRUE

Opens the Task List page, displaying Task records that are linked to the
Functional Location record that is linked to the Inspection record with
the Entity Key 1234567.

 meridium://Inspection/ProposedTasks?InspectionKey=1234567&Execute
AllStrategies=TRUE

 If the Inspection record with the Entity Key 1234567 is linked to an

Equipment or Functional Location record that is linked to one or more
Task records, executes all strategy rules associated with the Equipment
or Functional Location record and then displays the associated Task
records on the Task List page.

 If the Inspection record with the Entity Key 1234567 is not linked to an
Equipment or Functional Location record that is linked to one or more
Task records, displays a message indicating that Tasks cannot be
accessed because none are associated with the associated Equipment or
Functional Location record.

366 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

 meridium://Inspection/ProposedTasks?EquipmentKey=1234567&Execute
AllStrategies=TRUE

 If the Equipment record with the Entity Key 1234567 is linked to one or
more Task records, executes all strategy rules associated with the
Equipment record and then displays the associated Task records on the
Task List page.

 If the Equipment record with the Entity Key 1234567 is not linked to one
or more Task records, executes all strategy rules associated with the
Equipment record and then displays all Task records in the database on
the Task List page.

Inspection Query URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Query URL

A link constructed from the address meridium://Inspection/Query will run the

query specified by the Path parameter and display the results in Inspection
Management.

Parameter Description Accepted Value(s) Notes

Name
Path Specifies the query The Catalog path and This parameter
that you want to file name of the is required.
run. desired query.

Note: In addition to the Path parameter, you can include any prompt IDs and
values as parameters for the specified query.

Examples of the Inspection Query URL

 meridium://Inspection/Query?Path=Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspecti
on\InspectionQuery

Runs the query InspectionQuery, which is stored in the Catalog folder

\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 367

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Inspection Search URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Search URL

The path meridium://Inspection/Search lets you construct links that will

display a list of queries that you can run. In most cases, the queries will come
from the public Inspection folder or from a user's personal Inspection folder.
The following table lists and describes the parameters that are accepted by
this path.

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

Mode Specifies EditDocuments If Mode=EditDocuments, the link will

the list of display the Inspection Manage
queries Documents page, where you will see
that you a list of queries that exist in the
want to Catalog folder
display. \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection
Management\Document Queries and
in the current user's personal
\\Inspection\Document Queries
folder.
Mode Specifies Profiles If Mode=Profiles, the link will display
the list of the Inspection Manage Profiles
queries page, where you will see a list of
that you queries that exist in the Catalog
want to folder
display. \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection
Management\Profile Queries and in
the current user's personal
\\Inspection\Profile Queries folder.
Mode Specifies ReviewDocuments If Mode=ReviewDocuments, the link
the list of will display the Inspection Manage
queries Documents page, where you will see
that you a list of queries that exist in the
want to Catalog folder
display. \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection
Management\Document Queries and
in the current user's personal
\\Inspection\Document Queries
folder.

368 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

Mode Specifies Resources If Mode=Resources, the link will

the list of display the Inspection Manage
queries Resources page, where you will see
that you a list of queries that exist in the
want to Catalog folder
display. \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection
Management\Resource Queries and in
the current user's personal
\\Inspection\Resource Queries folder.
Mode Specifies Tasks If Mode=Tasks, the link will display
the list of the Inspection Manage Tasks page,
queries where you will see a list of queries
that you that exist in the Catalog folder
want to \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection
display. Management\Task Queries and in the
current user's personal
Inspection\Task Queries folder.
Mode Specifies Reports If Mode=Reports, the link will display
the list of the Inspection Reports page, where
queries you will see a list of queries that
that you exist in the Catalog folder
want to \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection
display. Management\Reports.

Examples of the Inspection Search URL

 meridium://Inspection/Search?Mode=EditDocuments

Displays the Inspection Manage Documents page, which displays

searches and queries that exist in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection Management\Document Queries
and the current user's personal \\Inspection\Document Queries folder.

 meridium://Inspection/Search?Mode=Profiles

Displays the Inspection Manage Profiles page, which displays searches

and queries that exist in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection Management\Profile Queries and
the current user's personal \\Inspection\Profile Queries folder.

 meridium://Inspection/Search?Mode=ReviewDocuments

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 369

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Displays the Inspection Manage Documents page, which displays

searches and queries that exist in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection Management\Document Queries
and the current user's personal \\Inspection\Document Queries folder.

 meridium://Inspection/Search?Mode=Resources

Displays the Inspection Manage Resource page, which displays searches

and queries that exist in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection Management\Resource Queries and
the current user's personal \\Inspection\Resource Queries folder.

 meridium://Inspection/Search?Mode=Tasks

Displays the Inspection Manage Tasks page, which displays searches and
queries that exist in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection Management\Task Queries and the
current user's personal \\Inspection\Task Queries folder.

 meridium://Inspection/Search?Mode=Reports

Displays the Inspection Manage Reports page, which displays searches

and queries that exist in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection Management\Reports.

Inspection Reports URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Reports URL

The URL for accessing Inspection reports is meridium://Inspection/Report.

This path accepts one parameter that lets you specify the Inspection Event
record for which you want to open a report.

370 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Parameter Description Accepted

Name Value(s)

InspectionKey Specifies the Inspection record for which you The Entity Key
want to open an Inspection report. The Meridium of the desired
APM sytem will open the default report for the Inspection
Inspection family of the specified entity, as record.
defined in the Configuration Manager application.

Examples of the Inspection Reports URL

 meridium://Inspection/Report?InspectionKey=12233454

Opens the default Inspection report for the Inspection record with the
Entity Key 12233454.

Inspection Resources URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Resources URL

The URL for accessing Inspection resources, meridium://Inspection/Resources,

accepts parameters that let you specify additional information regarding the
Human Resource records that you want to access. We list and describe these
parameters in the following table.

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

EntityKey Specifies the The Entity Key The specified Human Resource
Human of the desired record will appear, and the Human
Resource Human Resource with Role Details
records that Resource datasheet or the Human Resource
you want to record. with Cert Details datasheet will be
access. displayed, depending on the Mode
parameter.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 371

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

Mode Specifies the Roles  Roles: Causes Meridium

datasheet that Certifications APM to load the Human
you want to Resource with Role Details
view. datasheet.
 Certifications: Causes
Meridium APM to load the
Human Resource with Cert
Details datasheet.

Examples of the Inspection Resources URL

 meridium://Inspection/Resources?Mode=Roles&EntityKey=12345

Opens the Human Resource record with the Entity Key 12345. The
Human Resource with Role Details datasheet is displayed.

 meridium://inspection/Resources?Mode=Certifications&EntityKey=1234
5

Opens the Human Resource record with the Entity Key 12345. The
Human Resource with Cert Details datasheet is displayed.

Inspection Review URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Review URL

A link constructed from the address meridium://Inspection/Review will run

the query specified by the Path parameter and display the results on the
Review and Approve Inspection Documents page in Inspection Management.
The specified query must return records from only one Inspection family. It can
be in Formatted or Unformatted mode.

372 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

Parameter Description Accepted Value(s) Notes

Name

Path Specifies the query whose The Catalog path This

results will be displayed on the and file name of parameter is
Review and Approve Inspection the desired query. required.
Documents page.

Note: In addition to the Path parameter, you can include any prompt IDs and
values as parameters for the specified query.

Examples of the Inspection Review URL

 meridium://Inspection/Review?Path=Public\folder1\folder2\Full
Inspections

Displays the results of the Full Inspections query, which is stored in the
Catalog folder \\Public\folder1\folder2.

Inspection Summary URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Summary URL

The URL for creating a URL to access the Inspection Summary Query,
meridium://Inspection/Summary, will run the Inspection History Summary
Query, which is stored in the Catalog folder
\\Public\Meridium\Modules\Inspection\Config Queries. The path accepts one
parameter, which lets you pass an Entity Key to the query.

Parameter Description Accepted Value(s)

Name

EquipmentKey Specifies the Equipment or The Entity Key of the

Functional Location record whose desired Equipment or
linked Inspection records you want to Functional Location record.
view.

Note: In addition to the EquipmentKey parameter, you can include any prompt
IDs and values as parameters for the specified query.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 373

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Examples of the Inspection Summary URL

 meridium://Inspection/Summary?EquipmentKey=12345

Executes the configured Inspection History Summary Query and returns

the list of Inspection records that are linked to the Equipment record
with the Entity Key 12345.

Inspection Thickness Analysis URLs

Parameters for the Inspection Thickness Analysis URL

The path of the Inspection Thickness Analysis URL,

meridium://Inspection/ThicknessAnalysis, accepts an Entity Key and then
opens the TM Analysis page for the record that has been specified. Note that a
URL constructed from this path with NO parameters will not be functional.

Parameter Description Accepted Notes

Name Value(s)

AssetKey Specifies the The Entity Key If you specify the AssetKey
equipment for of the desired parameter, you do not need
which you want to Equipment to specify the ServiceKey
access the TM record. parameter.
Analysis page.
ServiceKey Specifies the The Entity Key If you specify the ServiceKey
location for which of the desired parameter, you do not need
you want to access Functional to specify the AssetKey
the TM Analysis Location parameter. If both
page. record. parameters are specified, The
Meridium APM sytem will use
the AssetKey.

Examples of the Inspection Thickness Analysis URL

 meridium://Inspection/ThicknessAnalysis?AssetKey=12345

Opens the TM Analysis page for the Equipment record with the Entity
Key 12345.

374 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0

 Reference Information

 meridium://Inspection/ThicknessAnalysis?AssetKey=12345&ServiceKey=
123445455

Opens the TM Analysis page for the Equipment record with the Entity
Key 12345.

 meridium://Inspection/ThicknessAnalysis?ServiceKey=123456567

Opens the TM Analysis page for the Functional Location record with the
Entity Key 1234567.

Glossary
Inspection Document
The collection of information stored in any Inspection record and each record
that is linked to that record, which are best viewed together using the
configured explorer that is defined for the Inspection family.

Inspection Interval
The interval of time at which a particular inspection should occur on a given
piece of equipment. You can define inspection intervals for each type of
inspection that you will perform. This value is stored in a Time Based
Inspection Interval record that you can create using the Time-Based Inspection
Settings page.

Time-Based Inspection Settings

Defines the inspection intervals that will be used for particular pieces of
equipment. Time-based inspection settings are the combination of a Time
Based Inspection Setting record and its associated Time Based Inspection
Interval records, both of which you can create using the Time-Based
Inspection Settings page.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0 375

Meridium APM Inspection Management V3.6.0.0.0

Unit
A Functional Location record that represents a unit in the location hierarchy. In
these records, the Is a Unit? field is set to True.

376 Confidential and Proprietary Information of Meridium, Inc. – V3.6.0